summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old')
-rw-r--r--old/frain10.txt7164
-rw-r--r--old/frain10.zipbin0 -> 146313 bytes
2 files changed, 7164 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/old/frain10.txt b/old/frain10.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92c05bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/frain10.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7164 @@
+***The Project Gutenberg Etext of At the Foot of the Rainbow***
+#5 in our series by Gene Stratton-Porter
+
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check
+the copyright laws for your country before posting these files!!
+
+Please take a look at the important information in this header.
+We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an
+electronic path open for the next readers. Do not remove this.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*These Etexts Prepared By Hundreds of Volunteers and Donations*
+
+Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and
+further information is included below. We need your donations.
+
+
+At the Foot of the Rainbow
+
+by Gene Stratton-Porter
+
+May, 1996 [Etext #532]
+
+
+***The Project Gutenberg Etext of At the Foot of the Rainbow***
+*****This file should be named frain10.txt or frain10.zip******
+
+Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, frain11.txt.
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, frain10a.txt.
+
+
+We are now trying to release all our books one month in advance
+of the official release dates, for time for better editing.
+
+Please note: neither this list nor its contents are final till
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so. To be sure you have an
+up to date first edition [xxxxx10x.xxx] please check file sizes
+in the first week of the next month. Since our ftp program has
+a bug in it that scrambles the date [tried to fix and failed] a
+look at the file size will have to do, but we will try to see a
+new copy has at least one byte more or less.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The
+fifty hours is one conservative estimate for how long it we take
+to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This
+projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour this year as we release thirty-two text
+files per month: or 400 more Etexts in 1996 for a total of 800.
+If these reach just 10% of the computerized population, then the
+total should reach 80 billion Etexts.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext
+Files by the December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000=Trillion]
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only 10% of the present number of computer users. 2001
+should have at least twice as many computer users as that, so it
+will require us reaching less than 5% of the users in 2001.
+
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+
+All donations should be made to "Project Gutenberg/IBC", and are
+tax deductible to the extent allowable by law ("IBC" is Illinois
+Benedictine College). (Subscriptions to our paper newsletter go
+to IBC, too)
+
+For these and other matters, please mail to:
+
+Project Gutenberg
+P. O. Box 2782
+Champaign, IL 61825
+
+When all other email fails try our Executive Director:
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+We would prefer to send you this information by email
+(Internet, Bitnet, Compuserve, ATTMAIL or MCImail).
+
+******
+If you have an FTP program (or emulator), please
+FTP directly to the Project Gutenberg archives:
+[Mac users, do NOT point and click. . .type]
+
+ftp uiarchive.cso.uiuc.edu
+login: anonymous
+password: your@login
+cd etext/etext90 through /etext96
+or cd etext/articles [get suggest gut for more information]
+dir [to see files]
+get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files]
+GET INDEX?00.GUT
+for a list of books
+and
+GET NEW GUT for general information
+and
+MGET GUT* for newsletters.
+
+**Information prepared by the Project Gutenberg legal advisor**
+(Three Pages)
+
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you can distribute copies of this etext if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-
+tm etexts, is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor
+Michael S. Hart through the Project Gutenberg Association at
+Illinois Benedictine College (the "Project"). Among other
+things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext
+under the Project's "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] the Project (and any other party you may receive this
+etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold the Project, its directors,
+officers, members and agents harmless from all liability, cost
+and expense, including legal fees, that arise directly or
+indirectly from any of the following that you do or cause:
+[1] distribution of this etext, [2] alteration, modification,
+or addition to the etext, or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this
+ requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+ etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however,
+ if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable
+ binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+ including any form resulting from conversion by word pro-
+ cessing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+ *EITHER*:
+
+ [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+ does *not* contain characters other than those
+ intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+ (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+ be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+ author, and additional characters may be used to
+ indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+ [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at
+ no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+ form by the program that displays the etext (as is
+ the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+ OR
+
+ [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+ no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+ etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+ or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this
+ "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Project of 20% of the
+ net profits you derive calculated using the method you
+ already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you
+ don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are
+ payable to "Project Gutenberg Association / Illinois
+ Benedictine College" within the 60 days following each
+ date you prepare (or were legally required to prepare)
+ your annual (or equivalent periodic) tax return.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions in money, time,
+scanning machines, OCR software, public domain etexts, royalty
+free copyright licenses, and every other sort of contribution
+you can think of. Money should be paid to "Project Gutenberg
+Association / Illinois Benedictine College".
+
+*END*THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.04.29.93*END*
+
+
+
+
+
+At the Foot of the Rainbow
+
+by Gene Stratton-Porter
+
+
+
+
+"And the bow shall be set in the cloud; and I will look upon it,
+that I may remember the everlasting covenant between God and
+every living creature of all flesh that is upon the earth."
+--GENESIS, ix-16.
+
+
+
+
+Contents
+I. THE RAT-CATCHERS OF THE WABASH
+II. RUBEN O'KHAYAM AND THE MILK PAIL
+III. THE FIFTY COONS OF THE CANOPER
+IV. WHEN THE KINGFISHER AND THE BLACK BASS CAME HOME
+V. WHEN THE RAINBOW SET ITS ARCH IN THE SKY
+VI. THE HEART OF MARY MALONE
+VII. THE APPLE OF DISCORD BECOMES A JOINTED ROD
+VIII. WHEN THE BLACK BASS STRUCK
+IX. WHEN JIMMY MALONE CAME TO CONFESSION
+X. DANNIE'S RENUNCIATION
+XI. THE POT OF GOLD
+
+
+
+
+
+GENE STRATTON-PORTER
+
+A LITTLE STORY OF HER LIFE AND WORK
+
+
+For several years Doubleday, Page & Company have been receiving
+repeated requests for information about the life and books of
+Gene Stratton-Porter. Her fascinating nature work with bird,
+flower, and moth, and the natural wonders of the Limberlost
+Swamp, made famous as the scene of her nature romances, all have
+stirred much curiosity among readers everywhere.
+
+Mrs. Porter did not possess what has been called "an aptitude for
+personal publicity." Indeed, up to the present, she has
+discouraged quite successfully any attempt to stress the personal
+note. It is practically impossible, however, to do the kind of
+work she has done--to make genuine contributions to natural
+science by her wonderful field work among birds, insects, and
+flowers, and then, through her romances, to bring several hundred
+thousands of people to love and understand nature in a way they
+never did before-- without arousing a legitimate interest in her
+own history, her ideals, her methods of work, and all that
+underlies the structure of her unusual achievement.
+
+Her publishers have felt the pressure of this growing interest
+and it was at their request that she furnished the data for a
+biographical sketch that was to be written of her. But when this
+actually came to hand, the present compiler found that the author
+had told a story so much more interesting than anything he could
+write of her, that it became merely a question of how little need
+be added.
+
+The following pages are therefore adapted from what might be
+styled the personal record of Gene Stratton-Porter. This will
+account for the very intimate picture of family life in the
+Middle West for some years following the Civil War.
+
+Mark Stratton, the father of Gene Stratton-Porter, described his
+wife, at the time of their marriage, as a "ninety-pound bit of
+pink porcelain, pink as a wild rose, plump as a partridge,
+having a big rope of bright brown hair, never ill a day in her
+life, and bearing the loveliest name ever given a woman--Mary."
+He further added that "God fashioned her heart to be gracious,
+her body to be the mother of children, and as her especial gift
+of Grace, he put Flower Magic into her fingers." Mary Stratton
+was the mother of twelve lusty babies, all of whom she reared
+past eight years of age, losing two a little over that, through
+an attack of scarlet fever with whooping cough; too ugly a
+combination for even such a wonderful mother as she. With this
+brood on her hands she found time to keep an immaculate house, to
+set a table renowned in her part of the state, to entertain with
+unfailing hospitality all who came to her door, to beautify her
+home with such means as she could command, to embroider and
+fashion clothing by hand for her children; but her great gift
+was conceded by all to be the making of things to grow. At that
+she was wonderful. She started dainty little vines and climbing
+plants from tiny seeds she found in rice and coffee. Rooted
+things she soaked in water, rolled in fine sand, planted
+according to habit, and they almost never failed to justify her
+expectations. She even grew trees and shrubs from slips and
+cuttings no one else would have thought of trying to cultivate,
+her last resort being to cut a slip diagonally, insert the lower
+end in a small potato, and plant as if rooted. And it nearly
+always grew!
+
+There is a shaft of white stone standing at her head in a
+cemetery that belonged to her on a corner of her husband's land;
+but to Mrs. Porter's mind her mother's real monument is a cedar
+of Lebanon which she set in the manner described above. The cedar
+tops the brow of a little hill crossing the grounds. She carried
+two slips from Ohio, where they were given to her by a man who
+had brought the trees as tiny things from the holy Land. She
+planted both in this way, one in her dooryard and one in her
+cemetery. The tree on the hill stands thirty feet tall now,
+topping all others, and has a trunk two feet in circumference.
+
+Mrs. Porter's mother was of Dutch extraction, and like all Dutch
+women she worked her special magic with bulbs, which she favoured
+above other flowers. Tulips, daffodils, star flowers, lilies,
+dahlias, little bright hyacinths, that she called "blue bells,"
+she dearly loved. From these she distilled exquisite perfume by
+putting clusters, & time of perfect bloom, in bowls lined with
+freshly made, unsalted butter, covering them closely, and cutting
+the few drops of extract thus obtained with alcohol. "She could
+do more different things," says the author, "and finish them all
+in a greater degree of perfection than any other woman I have
+ever known. If I were limited to one adjective in describing her,
+`capable' would be the word."
+
+The author's father was descended from a long line of ancestors
+of British blood. he was named for, and traced his origin to,
+that first Mark Stratton who lived in New York, married the
+famous beauty, Anne Hutchinson, and settled on Stratton Island,
+afterward corrupted to Staten, according to family tradition.
+From that point back for generations across the sea he followed
+his line to the family of Strattons of which the Earl of
+Northbrooke is the present head. To his British traditions and
+the customs of his family, Mark Stratton clung with rigid
+tenacity, never swerving from his course a particle under the
+influence of environment or association. All his ideas were
+clear-cut; no man could influence him against his better
+judgment. He believed in God, in courtesy, in honour, and
+cleanliness, in beauty, and in education. He used to say that he
+would rather see a child of his the author of a book of which he
+could be proud, than on the throne of England, which was the
+strongest way he knew to express himself. His very first earnings
+he spent for a book; when other men rested, he read; all his life
+he was a student of extraordinarily tenacious memory. He
+especially loved history: Rollands, Wilson's Outlines, Hume,
+Macauley, Gibbon, Prescott, and Bancroft, he could quote from all
+of them paragraphs at a time contrasting the views of different
+writers on a given event, and remembering dates with unfailing
+accuracy. "He could repeat the entire Bible," says Mrs.
+Stratton-Porter, "giving chapters and verses, save the books of
+Generations; these he said `were a waste of gray matter to
+learn.' I never knew him to fail in telling where any verse
+quoted to him was to be found in the Bible." And she adds: "I was
+almost afraid to make these statements, although there are many
+living who can corroborate them, until John Muir published the
+story of his boyhood days, and in it I found the history of such
+rearing as was my father's, told of as the customary thing among
+the children of Muir's time; and I have referred many inquirers
+as to whether this feat were possible, to the Muir book."
+
+All his life, with no thought of fatigue or of inconvenience to
+himself, Mark Stratton travelled miles uncounted to share what he
+had learned with those less fortunately situated, by delivering
+sermons, lectures, talks on civic improvement and politics. To
+him the love of God could be shown so genuinely in no other way
+as in the love of his fellowmen. He worshipped beauty: beautiful
+faces, souls, hearts, beautiful landscapes, trees, animals,
+flowers. He loved colour: rich, bright colour, and every
+variation down to the faintest shadings. He was especially fond
+of red, and the author carefully keeps a cardinal silk
+handkerchief that he was carrying when stricken with apoplexy at
+the age of seventy-eight. "It was so like him," she comments, "to
+have that scrap of vivid colour in his pocket. He never was too
+busy to fertilize a flower bed or to dig holes for the setting of
+a tree or bush. A word constantly on his lips was `tidy.' It
+applied equally to a woman, a house, a field, or a barn lot. He
+had a streak of genius in his make-up: the genius of large
+appreciation. Over inspired Biblical passages, over great books,
+over sunlit landscapes, over a white violet abloom in deep shade,
+over a heroic deed of man, I have seen his brow light up, his
+eyes shine."
+
+Mrs. Porter tells us that her father was constantly reading aloud
+to his children and to visitors descriptions of the great deeds
+of men. Two "hair-raisers" she especially remembers with
+increased heart-beats to this day were the story of John Maynard,
+who piloted a burning boat to safety while he slowly roasted at
+the wheel. She says the old thrill comes back when she recalls
+the inflection of her father's voice as he would cry in imitation
+of the captain: "John Maynard!" and then give the reply. "Aye,
+aye, sir!" His other until it sank to a mere gasp: favourite was
+the story of Clemanthe, and her lover's immortal answer to her
+question: "Shall we meet again?"
+
+To this mother at forty-six, and this father at fifty, each at
+intellectual top-notch, every faculty having been stirred for
+years by the dire stress of Civil War, and the period immediately
+following, the author was born. From childhood she recalls
+"thinking things which she felt should be saved," and frequently
+tugging at her mother's skirts and begging her to "set down" what
+the child considered stories and poems. Most of these were some
+big fact in nature that thrilled her, usually expressed in
+Biblical terms; for the Bible was read twice a day before the
+family and helpers, and an average of three services were
+attended on Sunday.
+
+Mrs. Porter says that her first all-alone effort was printed in
+wabbly letters on the fly-leaf of an old grammar. It was
+entitled: "Ode to the Moon." "Not," she comments, "that I had an
+idea what an `ode' was, other than that I had heard it discussed
+in the family together with different forms of poetic expression.
+The spelling must have been by proxy: but I did know the words I
+used, what they meant, and the idea I was trying to convey.
+
+"No other farm was ever quite so lovely as the one on which I was
+born after this father and mother had spent twenty-five years
+beautifying it," says the author. It was called "Hopewell" after
+the home of some of her father's British ancestors. The natural
+location was perfect, the land rolling and hilly, with several
+flowing springs and little streams crossing it in three
+directions, while plenty of forest still remained. The days of
+pioneer struggles were past. The roads were smooth and level as
+floors, the house and barn commodious; the family rode abroad in
+a double carriage trimmed in patent leather, drawn by a matched
+team of gray horses, and sometimes the father "speeded a little"
+for the delight of the children. "We had comfortable clothing,"
+says Mrs. Porter, "and were getting our joy from life without
+that pinch of anxiety which must have existed in the beginning,
+although I know that father and mother always held steady, and
+took a large measure of joy from life in passing."
+
+Her mother's health, which always had been perfect, broke about
+the time of the author's first remembrance due to typhoid fever
+contracted after nursing three of her children through it. She
+lived for several years, but with continual suffering, amounting
+at times to positive torture.
+
+So it happened, that led by impulse and aided by an escape from
+the training given her sisters, instead of "sitting on a cushion
+and sewing a fine seam"--the threads of the fabric had to be
+counted and just so many allowed to each stitch!--this youngest
+child of a numerous household spent her waking hours with the
+wild. She followed her father and the boys afield, and when tired
+out slept on their coats in fence corners, often awaking with shy
+creatures peering into her face. She wandered where she pleased,
+amusing herself with birds, flowers, insects, and plays she
+invented. "By the day," writes the author, "I trotted from one
+object which attracted me to another, singing a little song of
+made-up phrases about everything I saw while I waded catching
+fish, chasing butterflies over clover fields, or following a bird
+with a hair in its beak; much of the time I carried the
+inevitable baby for a woman-child, frequently improvised from an
+ear of corn in the silk, wrapped in catalpa leaf blankets."
+
+She had a corner of the garden under a big Bartlett pear tree for
+her very own, and each spring she began by planting radishes and
+lettuce when the gardening was done; and before these had time to
+sprout she set the same beds full of spring flowers, and so
+followed out the season. She made special pets of the birds,
+locating nest after nest, and immediately projecting herself into
+the daily life of the occupants. "No one," she says, "ever taught
+me more than that the birds were useful, a gift of God for our
+protection from insect pests on fruit and crops; and a gift of
+Grace in their beauty and music, things to be rigidly protected.
+From this cue I evolved the idea myself that I must be extremely
+careful, for had not my father tied a 'kerchief over my mouth
+when he lifted me for a peep into the nest of the humming-bird,
+and did he not walk softly and whisper when he approached the
+spot? So I stepped lightly, made no noise, and watched until I
+knew what a mother bird fed her young before I began dropping
+bugs, worms, crumbs, and fruit into little red mouths that opened
+at my tap on the nest quite as readily as at the touch of the
+feet of the mother bird."
+
+In the nature of this child of the out-of-doors there ran a fibre
+of care for wild things. It was instinct with her to go slowly,
+to touch lightly, to deal lovingly with every living thing:
+flower, moth, bird, or animal. She never gathered great handfuls
+of frail wild flowers, carried them an hour and threw them away.
+If she picked any, she took only a few, mostly to lay on her
+mother's pillow--for she had a habit of drawing comfort from a
+cinnamon pink or a trillium laid where its delicate fragrance
+reached her with every breath. "I am quite sure," Mrs. Porter
+writes, "that I never in my life, in picking flowers, dragged up
+the plant by the roots, as I frequently saw other people do. I
+was taught from infancy to CUT a bloom I wanted. My regular habit
+was to lift one plant of each kind, especially if it were a
+species new to me, and set it in my wild-flower garden."
+
+To the birds and flowers the child added moths and butterflies,
+because she saw them so frequently, the brilliance of colour in
+yard and garden attracting more than could be found elsewhere. So
+she grew with the wild, loving, studying, giving all her time. "I
+fed butterflies sweetened water and rose leaves inside the screen
+of a cellar window," Mrs. Porter tells us; "doctored all the sick
+and wounded birds and animals the men brought me from afield;
+made pets of the baby squirrels and rabbits they carried in for
+my amusement; collected wild flowers; and as I grew older,
+gathered arrow points and goose quills for sale in Fort Wayne. So
+I had the first money I ever earned."
+
+Her father and mother had strong artistic tendencies, although
+they would have scoffed at the idea themselves, yet the manner in
+which they laid off their fields, the home they built, the
+growing things they preserved, the way they planted, the life
+they led, all go to prove exactly that thing. Their bush--and
+vine-covered fences crept around the acres they owned in a strip
+of gaudy colour; their orchard lay in a valley, a square of apple
+trees in the centre widely bordered by peach, so that it appeared
+at bloom time like a great pink-bordered white blanket on the
+face of earth. Swale they might have drained, and would not, made
+sheets of blue flag, marigold and buttercups. From the home you
+could not look in any direction without seeing a picture of
+beauty.
+
+"Last spring," the author writes in a recent letter, "I went back
+with my mind fully made up to buy that land at any reasonable
+price, restore it to the exact condition in which I knew it as a
+child, and finish my life there. I found that the house had been
+burned, killing all the big trees set by my mother's hands
+immediately surrounding it. The hills were shorn and ploughed
+down, filling and obliterating the creeks and springs. Most of
+the forest had been cut, and stood in corn. My old catalpa in the
+fence corner beside the road and the Bartlett pear under which I
+had my wild-flower garden were all that was left of the dooryard,
+while a few gnarled apple trees remained of the orchard, which
+had been reset in another place. The garden had been moved, also
+the lanes; the one creek remaining out of three crossed the
+meadow at the foot of the orchard. It flowed a sickly current
+over a dredged bed between bare, straight banks. The whole place
+seemed worse than a dilapidated graveyard to me. All my love and
+ten times the money I had at command never could have put back
+the face of nature as I knew it on that land."
+
+As a child the author had very few books, only three of her own
+outside of school books. "The markets did not afford the miracles
+common with the children of today," she adds. "Books are now so
+numerous, so cheap, and so bewildering in colour and make-up,
+that I sometimes think our children are losing their perspective
+and caring for none of them as I loved my few plain little ones
+filled with short story and poem, almost no illustration. I had a
+treasure house in the school books of my elders, especially the
+McGuffey series of Readers from One to Six. For pictures I was
+driven to the Bible, dictionary, historical works read by my
+father, agricultural papers, and medical books about cattle and
+sheep.
+
+"Near the time of my mother's passing we moved from Hopewell to
+the city of Wabash in order that she might have constant medical
+attention, and the younger children better opportunities for
+schooling. Here we had magazines and more books in which I was
+interested. The one volume in which my heart was enwrapt was a
+collection of masterpieces of fiction belonging to my eldest
+sister. It contained `Paul and Virginia,' `Undine,' `Picciola,'
+`The Vicar of Wakefield,' `Pilgrim's Progress,' and several
+others I soon learned by heart, and the reading and rereading of
+those exquisitely expressed and conceived stories may have done
+much in forming high conceptions of what really constitutes
+literature and in furthering the lofty ideals instilled by my
+parents. One of these stories formed the basis of my first
+publicly recognized literary effort."
+
+Reared by people who constantly pointed out every natural beauty,
+using it wherever possible to drive home a precept, the child
+lived out-of-doors with the wild almost entirely. If she reported
+promptly three times a day when the bell rang at meal time, with
+enough clothing to constitute a decent covering, nothing more was
+asked until the Sabbath. To be taken from such freedom, her feet
+shod, her body restricted by as much clothing as ever had been
+worn on Sunday, shut up in a schoolroom, and set to droning over
+books, most of which she detested, was the worst punishment ever
+inflicted upon her she declares. She hated mathematics in any
+form and spent all her time on natural science, language, and
+literature. "Friday afternoon," writes Mrs. Porter, "was always
+taken up with an exercise called `rhetoricals,' a misnomer as a
+rule, but let that pass. Each week pupils of one of the four
+years furnished entertainment for the assembled high school and
+faculty. Our subjects were always assigned, and we cordially
+disliked them. This particular day I was to have a paper on
+`Mathematical Law.'
+
+"I put off the work until my paper had been called for several
+times, and so came to Thursday night with excuses and not a line.
+I was told to bring my work the next morning without fail. I went
+home in hot anger. Why in all this beautiful world, would they
+not allow me to do something I could do, and let any one of four
+members of my class who revelled in mathematics do my subject?
+That evening I was distracted. `I can't do a paper on
+mathematics, and I won't!' I said stoutly; `but I'll do such a
+paper on a subject I can write about as will open their foolish
+eyes and make them see how wrong they are.'"
+
+Before me on the table lay the book I loved, the most wonderful
+story in which was `Picciola' by Saintine. Instantly I began to
+write. Breathlessly I wrote for hours. I exceeded our limit ten
+times over. The poor Italian Count, the victim of political
+offences, shut by Napoleon from the wonderful grounds, mansion,
+and life that were his, restricted to the bare prison walls of
+Fenestrella, deprived of books and writing material, his one
+interest in life became a sprout of green, sprung, no doubt, from
+a seed dropped by a passing bird, between the stone flagging of
+the prison yard before his window. With him I had watched over it
+through all the years since I first had access to the book; with
+him I had prayed for it. I had broken into a cold sweat of fear
+when the jailer first menaced it; I had hated the wind that bent
+it roughly, and implored the sun. I had sung a paean of joy at
+its budding, and worshipped in awe before its thirty perfect
+blossoms. The Count had named it `Picciola'--the little one--to
+me also it was a personal possession. That night we lived the
+life of our `little one' over again, the Count and I, and never
+were our anxieties and our joys more poignant.
+
+"Next morning," says Mrs. Porter, "I dared my crowd to see how
+long they could remain on the grounds, and yet reach the assembly
+room before the last toll of the bell. This scheme worked.
+Coming in so late the principal opened exercises without
+remembering my paper. Again, at noon, I was as late as I dared
+be, and I escaped until near the close of the exercises, through
+which I sat in cold fear. When my name was reached at last the
+principal looked at me inquiringly and then announced my
+inspiring mathematical subject. I arose, walked to the front, and
+made my best bow. Then I said: `I waited until yesterday because
+I knew absolutely nothing about my subject'--the audience
+laughed--`and I could find nothing either here or in the library
+at home, so last night I reviewed Saintine's masterpiece,
+"Picciola."'
+
+"Then instantly I began to read. I was almost paralyzed at my
+audacity, and with each word I expected to hear a terse little
+interruption. Imagine my amazement when I heard at the end of the
+first page: `Wait a minute!' Of course I waited, and the
+principal left the room. A moment later she reappeared
+accompanied by the superintendent of the city schools. `Begin
+again,' she said. `Take your time.'
+
+"I was too amazed to speak. Then thought came in a rush. My paper
+was good. It was as good as I had believed it. It was better than
+I had known. I did go on! We took that assembly room and the
+corps of teachers into our confidence, the Count and I, and told
+them all that was in our hearts about a little flower that sprang
+between the paving stones of a prison yard. The Count and I were
+free spirits. From the book I had learned that. He got into
+political trouble through it, and I had got into mathematical
+trouble, and we told our troubles. One instant the room was in
+laughter, the next the boys bowed their heads, and the girls who
+had forgotten their handkerchiefs cried in their aprons. For
+almost sixteen big foolscap pages I held them, and I was eager to
+go on and tell them more about it when I reached the last line.
+Never again was a subject forced upon me."
+
+After this incident of her schooldays, what had been inclination
+before was aroused to determination and the child neglected her
+lessons to write. A volume of crude verse fashioned after the
+metre of Meredith's "Lucile," a romantic book in rhyme, and two
+novels were the fruits of this youthful ardour. Through the
+sickness and death of a sister, the author missed the last three
+months of school, but, she remarks, "unlike my schoolmates, I
+studied harder after leaving school than ever before and in a
+manner that did me real good. The most that can be said of what
+education I have is that it is the very best kind in the world
+for me; the only possible kind that would not ruin a person of my
+inclinations. The others of my family had been to college; I
+always have been too thankful for words that circumstances
+intervened which saved my brain from being run through a groove
+in company with dozens of others of widely different tastes and
+mentality. What small measure of success I have had has come
+through preserving my individual point of view, method of
+expression, and following in after life the Spartan regulations
+of my girlhood home. Whatever I have been able to do, has been
+done through the line of education my father saw fit to give me,
+and through his and my mother's methods of rearing me.
+
+"My mother went out too soon to know, and my father never saw one
+of the books; but he knew I was boiling and bubbling like a yeast
+jar in July over some literary work, and if I timidly slipped to
+him with a composition, or a faulty poem, he saw good in it, and
+made suggestions for its betterment. When I wanted to express
+something in colour, he went to an artist, sketched a design for
+an easel, personally superintended the carpenter who built it,
+and provided tuition. On that same easel I painted the water
+colours for `Moths of the Limberlost,' and one of the most
+poignant regrets of my life is that he was not there to see them,
+and to know that the easel which he built through his faith in me
+was finally used in illustrating a book.
+
+"If I thought it was music through which I could express myself,
+he paid for lessons and detected hidden ability that should be
+developed. Through the days of struggle he stood fast; firm in
+his belief in me. He was half the battle. It was he who demanded
+a physical standard that developed strength to endure the rigours
+of scientific field and darkroom work, and the building of ten
+books in ten years, five of which were on nature subjects, having
+my own illustrations, and five novels, literally teeming with
+natural history, true to nature. It was he who demanded of me
+from birth the finishing of any task I attempted and who taught
+me to cultivate patience to watch and wait, even years, if
+necessary, to find and secure material I wanted. It was he who
+daily lived before me the life of exactly such a man as I
+portrayed in `The Harvester,' and who constantly used every atom
+of brain and body power to help and to encourage all men to do
+the same."
+
+Marriage, a home of her own, and a daughter for a time filled the
+author's hands, but never her whole heart and brain. The book
+fever lay dormant a while, and then it became a compelling
+influence. It dominated the life she lived, the cabin she
+designed for their home, and the books she read. When her
+daughter was old enough to go to school, Mrs. Porter's time came.
+Speaking of this period, she says: "I could not afford a maid,
+but I was very strong, vital to the marrow, and I knew how to
+manage life to make it meet my needs, thanks to even the small
+amount I had seen of my mother. I kept a cabin of fourteen rooms,
+and kept it immaculate. I made most of my daughter's clothes, I
+kept a conservatory in which there bloomed from three to six
+hundred bulbs every winter, tended a house of canaries and
+linnets, and cooked and washed dishes besides three times a day.
+In my spare time (mark the word, there was time to spare else the
+books never would have been written and the pictures made) I
+mastered photography to such a degree that the manufacturers of
+one of our finest brands of print paper once sent the manager of
+their factory to me to learn how I handled it. He frankly said
+that they could obtain no such results with it as I did. He
+wanted to see my darkroom, examine my paraphernalia, and have me
+tell him exactly how I worked. As I was using the family bathroom
+for a darkroom and washing negatives and prints on turkey
+platters in the kitchen, I was rather put to it when it came to
+giving an exhibition. It was scarcely my fault if men could not
+handle the paper they manufactured so that it produced the
+results that I obtained, so I said I thought the difference might
+lie in the chemical properties of the water, and sent this man on
+his way satisfied. Possibly it did. But I have a shrewd suspicion
+it lay in high-grade plates, a careful exposure, judicious
+development, with self-compounded chemicals straight from the
+factory, and C.P. I think plates swabbed with wet cotton before
+development, intensified if of short exposure, and thoroughly
+swabbed again before drying, had much to do with it; and paper
+handled in the same painstaking manner had more. I have hundreds
+of negatives in my closet made twelve years ago, in perfect
+condition for printing from to-day, and I never have lost a plate
+through fog from imperfect development and hasty washing; so my
+little mother's rule of `whatsoever thy hands find to do, do it
+with thy might,' held good in photography."
+
+Thus had Mrs. Porter made time to study and to write, and editors
+began to accept what she sent them with little if any changes.
+She began by sending photographic and natural history hints to
+Recreation, and with the first installment was asked to take
+charge of the department and furnish material each month for
+which she was to be paid at current prices in high-grade
+photographic material. We can form some idea of the work she did
+under this arrangement from the fact that she had over one
+thousand dollars' worth of equipment at the end of the first
+year. The second year she increased this by five hundred, and
+then accepted a place on the natural history staff of Outing,
+working closely with Mr. Casper Whitney. After a year of this
+helpful experience Mrs. Porter began to turn her attention to
+what she calls "nature studies sugar coated with fiction." Mixing
+some childhood fact with a large degree of grown-up fiction, she
+wrote a little story entitled "Laddie, the Princess, and the
+Pie."
+
+"I was abnormally sensitive," says the author, "about trying to
+accomplish any given thing and failing. I had been taught in my
+home that it was black disgrace to undertake anything and fail.
+My husband owned a drug and book store that carried magazines,
+and it was not possible to conduct departments in any of them and
+not have it known; but only a few people in our locality read
+these publications, none of them were interested in nature
+photography, or natural science, so what I was trying to do was
+not realized even by my own family.
+
+"With them I was much more timid than with the neighbours. Least
+of all did I want to fail before my man Person and my daughter
+and our respective families; so I worked in secret, sent in my
+material, and kept as quiet about it as possible. On Outing I had
+graduated from the camera department to an illustrated article
+each month, and as this kept up the year round, and few
+illustrations could be made in winter, it meant that I must
+secure enough photographs of wild life in summer to last during
+the part of the year when few were to be had.
+
+"Every fair day I spent afield, and my little black horse and
+load of cameras, ropes, and ladders became a familiar sight to
+the country folk of the Limberlost, in Rainbow Bottom, the
+Canoper, on the banks of the Wabash, in woods and thickets and
+beside the roads; but few people understood what I was trying to
+do, none of them what it would mean were I to succeed. Being so
+afraid of failure and the inevitable ridicule in a community
+where I was already severly criticised on account of my ideas of
+housekeeping, dress, and social customs, I purposely kept
+everything I did as quiet as possible. It had to be known that I
+was interested in everything afield, and making pictures; also
+that I was writing field sketches for nature publications, but
+little was thought of it, save as one more, peculiarity, in me.
+So when my little story was finished I went to our store and
+looked over the magazines. I chose one to which we did not
+subscribe, having an attractive cover, good type, and paper, and
+on the back of an old envelope, behind the counter, I scribbled:
+Perriton Maxwell, 116 Nassau Street, New York, and sent my story
+on its way.
+
+"Then I took a bold step, the first in my self-emancipation.
+Money was beginning to come in, and I had some in my purse of my
+very own that I had earned when no one even knew I was working. I
+argued that if I kept my family so comfortable that they missed
+nothing from their usual routine, it was my right to do what I
+could toward furthering my personal ambitions in what time I
+could save from my housework. And until I could earn enough to
+hire capable people to take my place, I held rigidly to that
+rule. I who waded morass, fought quicksands, crept, worked from
+ladders high in air, and crossed water on improvised rafts
+without a tremor, slipped with many misgivings into the
+postoffice and rented a box for myself, so that if I met with
+failure my husband and the men in the bank need not know what I
+had attempted. That was early May; all summer I waited. I had
+heard that it required a long time for an editor to read and to
+pass on matter sent him; but my waiting did seem out of all
+reason. I was too busy keeping my cabin and doing field work to
+repine; but I decided in my own mind that Mr. Maxwell was a `mean
+old thing' to throw away my story and keep the return postage.
+Besides, I was deeply chagrined, for I had thought quite well of
+my effort myself, and this seemed to prove that I did not know
+even the first principles of what would be considered an
+interesting story.
+
+"Then one day in September I went into our store on an errand and
+the manager said to me: `I read your story in the Metropolitan
+last night. It was great! Did you ever write any fiction before?'
+
+"My head whirled, but I had learned to keep my own counsels, so I
+said as lightly as I could, while my heart beat until I feared he
+could hear it: `No. Just a simple little thing! Have you any
+spare copies? My sister might want one.'
+
+"He supplied me, so I hurried home, and shutting myself in the
+library, I sat down to look my first attempt at fiction in the
+face. I quite agreed with the manager that it was `great.' Then I
+wrote Mr. Maxwell a note telling him that I had seen my story in
+his magazine, and saying that I was glad he liked it enough to
+use it. I had not known a letter could reach New York and bring a
+reply so quickly as his answer came. It was a letter that warmed
+the deep of my heart. Mr. Maxwell wrote that he liked my story
+very much, but the office boy had lost or destroyed my address
+with the wrappings, so after waiting a reasonable length of time
+to hear from me, he had illustrated it the best he could, and
+printed it. He wrote that so many people had spoken to him of a
+new, fresh note in it, that he wished me to consider doing him
+another in a similar vein for a Christmas leader and he enclosed
+my very first check for fiction.
+
+"So I wrote: `How Laddie and the Princess Spelled Down at the
+Christmas Bee.' Mr. Maxwell was pleased to accept that also, with
+what I considered high praise, and to ask me to furnish the
+illustrations. He specified that he wanted a frontispiece, head
+and tail pieces, and six or seven other illustrations. Counting
+out the time for his letter to reach me, and the material to
+return, I was left with just ONE day in which to secure the
+pictures. They had to be of people costumed in the time of the
+early seventies and I was short of print paper and chemicals.
+First, I telephoned to Fort Wayne for the material I wanted to be
+sent without fail on the afternoon train. Then I drove to the
+homes of the people I wished to use for subjects and made
+appointments for sittings, and ransacked the cabin for costumes.
+The letter came on the eight A.M. train. At ten o'clock I was
+photographing Colonel Lupton beside my dining-room fireplace for
+the father in the story. At eleven I was dressing and posing Miss
+Lizzie Huart for the princess. At twelve I was picturing in one
+of my bed rooms a child who served finely for Little Sister, and
+an hour later the same child in a cemetery three miles in the
+country where I used mounted butterflies from my cases, and
+potted plants carried from my conservatory, for a graveyard
+scene. The time was early November, but God granted sunshine that
+day, and short focus blurred the background. At four o'clock I
+was at the schoolhouse, and in the best-lighted room with five or
+six models, I was working on the spelling bee scenes. By six I
+was in the darkroom developing and drying these plates, every one
+of which was good enough to use. I did my best work with
+printing-out paper, but I was compelled to use a developing
+paper in this extremity, because it could be worked with much
+more speed, dried a little between blotters, and mounted. At
+three o'clock in the morning I was typing the quotations for the
+pictures, at four the parcel stood in the hall for the six
+o'clock train, and I realized that I wanted a drink, food, and
+sleep, for I had not stopped a second for anything from the time
+of reading Mr. Maxwell's letter until his order was ready to
+mail. For the following ten years I was equally prompt in doing
+all work I undertook, whether pictures or manuscript, without a
+thought of consideration for self; and I disappointed the
+confident expectations of my nearest and dearest by remaining
+sane, normal, and almost without exception the healthiest woman
+they knew."
+
+This story and its pictures were much praised, and in the
+following year the author was asked for several stories, and even
+used bird pictures and natural history sketches, quite an
+innovation for a magazine at that time. With this encouragement
+she wrote and illustrated a short story of about ten thousand
+words, and sent it to the Century. Richard Watson Gilder advised
+Mrs. Porter to enlarge it to book size, which she did. This book
+is "The Cardinal." Following Mr. Gilder's advice, she recast the
+tale and, starting with the mangled body of a cardinal some
+marksman had left in the road she was travelling, in a fervour of
+love for the birds and indignation at the hunter, she told the
+Cardinal's life history in these pages.
+
+The story was promptly accepted and the book was published with
+very beautiful half-tones, and cardinal buckram cover.
+Incidentally, neither the author's husband nor daughter had the
+slightest idea she was attempting to write a book until work had
+progressed to that stage where she could not make a legal
+contract without her husband's signature. During the ten years of
+its life this book has gone through eight different editions,
+varying in form and make-up from the birds in exquisite colour,
+as colour work advanced and became feasible, to a binding of
+beautiful red morocco, a number of editions of differing design
+intervening. One was tried in gray binding, the colour of the
+female cardinal, with the red male used as an inset. Another was
+woodsgreen with the red male, and another red with a wild rose
+design stamped in. There is a British edition published by Hodder
+and Stoughton. All of these had the author's own illustrations
+which authorities agree are the most complete studies of the home
+life and relations of a pair of birds ever published.
+
+The story of these illustrations in "The Cardinal" and how the
+author got them will be a revelation to most readers. Mrs. Porter
+set out to make this the most complete set of bird illustrations
+ever secured, in an effort to awaken people to the wonder and
+beauty and value of the birds. She had worked around half a dozen
+nests for two years and had carried a lemon tree from her
+conservatory to the location of one nest, buried the tub, and
+introduced the branches among those the birds used in
+approaching their home that she might secure proper illustrations
+for the opening chapter, which was placed in the South. When the
+complete bird series was finished, the difficult work over, and
+there remained only a few characteristic Wabash River studies of
+flowers, vines, and bushes for chapter tail pieces to be secured,
+the author "met her Jonah," and her escape was little short of a
+miracle.
+
+After a particularly strenuous spring afield, one teeming day in
+early August she spent the morning in the river bottom beside the
+Wabash. A heavy rain followed by August sun soon had her dripping
+while she made several studies of wild morning glories, but she
+was particularly careful to wrap up and drive slowly going home,
+so that she would not chill. In the afternoon the author went to
+the river northeast of town to secure mallow pictures for another
+chapter, and after working in burning sun on the river bank until
+exhausted, she several times waded the river to examine bushes on
+the opposite bank. On the way home she had a severe chill, and
+for the following three weeks lay twisted in the convulsions of
+congestion, insensible most of the time. Skilled doctors and
+nurses did their best, which they admitted would have availed
+nothing if the patient had not had a constitution without a flaw
+upon which to work.
+
+"This is the history," said Mrs. Porter, "of one little tail
+piece among the pictures. There were about thirty others, none so
+strenuous, but none easy, each having a living, fighting history
+for me. If I were to give in detail the story of the two years'
+work required to secure the set of bird studies illustrating `The
+Cardinal,' it would make a much larger book than the life of the
+bird."
+
+"The Cardinal" was published in June of 1903. On the 20th of
+October, 1904, "Freckles" appeared. Mrs. Porter had been delving
+afield with all her heart and strength for several years, and in
+the course of her work had spent every other day for three months
+in the Limberlost swamp, making a series of studies of the nest
+of a black vulture. Early in her married life she had met a
+Scotch lumberman, who told her of the swamp and of securing fine
+timber there for Canadian shipbuilders, and later when she had
+moved to within less than a mile of its northern boundary, she
+met a man who was buying curly maple, black walnut, golden oak,
+wild cherry, and other wood extremely valuable for a big
+furniture factory in Grand Rapids. There was one particular
+woman, of all those the author worked among, who exercised
+herself most concerning her. She never failed to come out if she
+saw her driving down the lane to the woods, and caution her to be
+careful. If she felt that Mrs. Porter had become interested and
+forgotten that it was long past meal time, she would send out
+food and water or buttermilk to refresh her. She had her family
+posted, and if any of them saw a bird with a straw or a hair in
+its beak, they followed until they found its location. It was her
+husband who drove the stake and ploughed around the killdeer nest
+in the cornfield to save it for the author; and he did many other
+acts of kindness without understanding exactly what he was doing
+or why. "Merely that I wanted certain things was enough for those
+people," writes Mrs. Porter. "Without question they helped me in
+every way their big hearts could suggest to them, because they
+loved to be kind, and to be generous was natural with them. The
+woman was busy keeping house and mothering a big brood, and
+every living creature that came her way, besides. She took me in,
+and I put her soul, body, red head, and all, into Sarah Duncan.
+The lumber and furniture man I combined in McLean. Freckles was a
+composite of certain ideals and my own field experiences, merged
+with those of Mr. Bob Burdette Black, who, at the expense of much
+time and careful work, had done more for me than any other ten
+men afield. The Angel was an idealized picture of my daughter.
+
+"I dedicated the book to my husband, Mr. Charles Darwin Porter,
+for several reasons, the chiefest being that he deserved it. When
+word was brought me by lumbermen of the nest of the Black Vulture
+in the Limberlost, I hastened to tell my husband the wonderful
+story of the big black bird, the downy white baby, the pale blue
+egg, and to beg back a rashly made promise not to work in the
+Limberlost. Being a natural history enthusiast himself, he agreed
+that I must go; but he qualified the assent with the proviso that
+no one less careful of me than he, might accompany me there. His
+business had forced him to allow me to work alone, with hired
+guides or the help of oilmen and farmers elsewhere; but a
+Limberlost trip at that time was not to be joked about. It had
+not been shorn, branded, and tamed. There were most excellent
+reasons why I should not go there. Much of it was impenetrable.
+Only a few trees had been taken out; oilmen were just invading
+it. In its physical aspect it was a treacherous swamp and
+quagmire filled with every plant, animal, and human danger known
+in the worst of such locations in the Central States.
+
+"A rod inside the swamp on a road leading to an oil well we mired
+to the carriage hubs. I shielded my camera in my arms and before
+we reached the well I thought the conveyance would be torn to
+pieces and the horse stalled. At the well we started on foot, Mr.
+Porter in kneeboots, I in waist-high waders. The time was late
+June; we forced our way between steaming, fetid pools, through
+swarms of gnats, flies, mosquitoes, poisonous insects, keeping a
+sharp watch for rattlesnakes. We sank ankle deep at every step,
+and logs we thought solid broke under us. Our progress was a
+steady succession of prying and pulling each other to the
+surface. Our clothing was wringing wet, and the exposed parts of
+our bodies lumpy with bites and stings. My husband found the
+tree, cleared the opening to the great prostrate log, traversed
+its unspeakable odours for nearly forty feet to its farthest
+recess, and brought the baby and egg to the light in his
+leaf-lined hat.
+
+"We could endure the location only by dipping napkins in
+deodorant and binding them over our mouths and nostrils. Every
+third day for almost three months we made this trip, until Little
+Chicken was able to take wing. Of course we soon made a road to
+the tree, grew accustomed to the disagreeable features of the
+swamp and contemptuously familiar with its dangers, so that I
+worked anywhere in it I chose with other assistance; but no trip
+was so hard and disagreeable as the first. Mr. Porter insisted
+upon finishing the Little Chicken series, so that `deserve' is a
+poor word for any honour that might accrue to him for his part in
+the book."
+
+This was the nucleus of the book, but the story itself originated
+from the fact that one day, while leaving the swamp, a big
+feather with a shaft over twenty inches long came spinning and
+swirling earthward and fell in the author's path. Instantly she
+looked upward to locate the bird, which from the size and
+formation of the quill could have been nothing but an eagle; her
+eyes, well trained and fairly keen though they were, could not
+see the bird, which must have been soaring above range. Familiar
+with the life of the vulture family, the author changed the bird
+from which the feather fell to that described in "Freckles." Mrs.
+Porter had the old swamp at that time practically untouched, and
+all its traditions to work upon and stores of natural history
+material. This falling feather began the book which in a few days
+she had definitely planned and in six months completely written.
+Her title for it was "The Falling Feather," that tangible thing
+which came drifting down from Nowhere, just as the boy came, and
+she has always regretted the change to "Freckles." John Murray
+publishes a British edition of this book which is even better
+liked in Ireland and Scotland than in England.
+
+As "The Cardinal" was published originally not by Doubleday, Page
+& Company, but by another firm, the author had talked over with
+the latter house the scheme of "Freckles" and it had been agreed
+to publish the story as soon as Mrs. Porter was ready. How the
+book finally came to Doubleday, Page & Company she recounts as
+follows:
+
+"By the time `Freckles' was finished, I had exercised my woman's
+prerogative and `changed my mind'; so I sent the manuscript to
+Doubleday, Page & Company, who accepted it. They liked it well
+enough to take a special interest in it and to bring it out with
+greater expense than it was at all customary to put upon a novel
+at that time; and this in face of the fact that they had
+repeatedly warned me that the nature work in it would kill fully
+half its chances with the public. Mr. F.N. Doubleday, starting on
+a trip to the Bahamas, remarked that he would like to take a
+manuscript with him to read, and the office force decided to put
+`Freckles' into his grip. The story of the plucky young chap won
+his way to the heart of the publishers, under a silk cotton tree,
+'neath bright southern skies, and made such a friend of him that
+through the years of its book-life it has been the object of
+special attention. Mr. George Doran gave me a photograph which
+Mr. Horace MacFarland made of Mr. Doubleday during this reading
+of the Mss. of `Freckles' which is especially interesting."
+
+That more than 2,000,000 readers have found pleasure and profit
+in Mrs. Porter's books is a cause for particular gratification.
+These stories all have, as a fundamental reason of their
+existence, the author's great love of nature. To have imparted
+this love to others--to have inspired many hundreds of thousands
+to look for the first time with seeing eyes at the pageant of the
+out-of-doors--is a satisfaction that must endure. For the part of
+the publishers, they began their business by issuing "Nature
+Books" at a time when the sale of such works was problematical.
+As their tastes and inclinations were along the same lines which
+Mrs. Porter loved to follow, it gave them great pleasure to be
+associated with her books which opened the eyes of so great a
+public to new and worthy fields of enjoyment.
+
+The history of "Freckles" is unique. The publishers had inserted
+marginal drawings on many pages, but these, instead of attracting
+attention to the nature charm of the book, seemed to have exactly
+a contrary effect. The public wanted a novel. The illustrations
+made it appear to be a nature book, and it required three long
+slow years for "Freckles" to pass from hand to hand and prove
+that there really was a novel between the covers, but that it was
+a story that took its own time and wound slowly toward its end,
+stopping its leisurely course for bird, flower, lichen face, blue
+sky, perfumed wind, and the closest intimacies of the daily life
+of common folk. Ten years have wrought a great change in the
+sentiment against nature work and the interest in it. Thousands
+who then looked upon the world with unobserving eyes are now
+straining every nerve to accumulate enough to be able to end life
+where they may have bird, flower, and tree for daily companions.
+
+Mrs. Porter's account of the advice she received at this time is
+particularly interesting. Three editors who read "Freckles"
+before it was published offered to produce it, but all of them
+expressed precisely the same opinion: "The book will never sell
+well as it is. If you want to live from the proceeds of your
+work, if you want to sell even moderately, you must CUT OUT THE
+NATURE STUFF." "Now to PUT IN THE NATURE STUFF," continues the
+author, "was the express purpose for which the book had been
+written. I had had one year's experience with `The Song of the
+Cardinal,' frankly a nature book, and from the start I realized
+that I never could reach the audience I wanted with a book on
+nature alone. To spend time writing a book based wholly upon
+human passion and its outworking I would not. So I compromised on
+a book into which I put all the nature work that came naturally
+within its scope, and seasoned it with little bits of imagination
+and straight copy from the lives of men and women I had known
+intimately, folk who lived in a simple, common way with which I
+was familiar. So I said to my publishers: `I will write the books
+exactly as they take shape in my mind. You publish them. I know
+they will sell enough that you will not lose. If I do not make
+over six hundred dollars on a book I shall never utter a
+complaint. Make up my work as I think it should be and leave it
+to the people as to what kind of book they will take into their
+hearts and homes.' I altered `Freckles' slightly, but from that
+time on we worked on this agreement.
+
+"My years of nature work have not been without considerable
+insight into human nature, as well," continues Mrs. Porter. "I
+know its failings, its inborn tendencies, its weaknesses, its
+failures, its depth of crime; and the people who feel called upon
+to spend their time analyzing, digging into, and uncovering these
+sources of depravity have that privilege, more's the pity! If I
+had my way about it, this is a privilege no one could have in
+books intended for indiscriminate circulation. I stand squarely
+for book censorship, and I firmly believe that with a few more
+years of such books, as half a dozen I could mention, public
+opinion will demand this very thing. My life has been fortunate
+in one glad way: I have lived mostly in the country and worked in
+the woods. For every bad man and woman I have ever known, I have
+met, lived with, and am intimately acquainted with an
+overwhelming number of thoroughly clean and decent people who
+still believe in God and cherish high ideals, and it is UPON THE
+LIVES OF THESE THAT I BASE WHAT I WRITE. To contend that this
+does not produce a picture true to life is idiocy. It does. It
+produces a picture true to ideal life; to the best that good men
+and good women can do at level best.
+
+"I care very little for the magazine or newspaper critics who
+proclaim that there is no such thing as a moral man, and that my
+pictures of life are sentimental and idealized. They are! And I
+glory in them! They are straight, living pictures from the lives
+of men and women of morals, honour, and loving kindness. They
+form `idealized pictures of life' because they are copies from
+life where it touches religion, chastity, love, home, and hope of
+heaven ultimately. None of these roads leads to publicity and the
+divorce court. They all end in the shelter and seclusion of a
+home.
+
+"Such a big majority of book critics and authors have begun to
+teach, whether they really believe it or not, that no book is
+TRUE TO LIFE unless it is true to the WORST IN LIFE, that the
+idea has infected even the women."
+
+In 1906, having seen a few of Mrs. Porter's studies of bird life,
+Mr. Edward Bok telegraphed the author asking to meet him in
+Chicago. She had a big portfolio of fine prints from plates for
+which she had gone to the last extremity of painstaking care, and
+the result was an order from Mr. Bok for a six months' series in
+the Ladies' Home Journal of the author's best bird studies
+accompanied by descriptions of how she secured them. This
+material was later put in book form under the title, "What I Have
+Done with Birds," and is regarded as authoritative on the subject
+of bird photography and bird life, for in truth it covers every
+phase of the life of the birds described, and contains much of
+other nature subjects.
+
+By this time Mrs. Porter had made a contract with her publishers
+to alternate her books. She agreed to do a nature book for love,
+and then, by way of compromise, a piece of nature work spiced
+with enough fiction to tempt her class of readers. In this way
+she hoped that they would absorb enough of the nature work while
+reading the fiction to send them afield, and at the same time
+keep in their minds her picture of what she considers the only
+life worth living. She was still assured that only a straight
+novel would "pay," but she was living, meeting all her expenses,
+giving her family many luxuries, and saving a little sum for a
+rainy day she foresaw on her horoscope. To be comfortably
+clothed and fed, to have time and tools for her work, is all she
+ever has asked of life.
+
+Among Mrs. Porter's readers "At the Foot of the Rainbow" stands
+as perhaps the author's strongest piece of fiction.
+
+In August of 1909 two books on which the author had been working
+for years culminated at the same time: a nature novel, and a
+straight nature book. The novel was, in a way, a continuation of
+"Freckles," filled as usual with wood lore, but more concerned
+with moths than birds. Mrs. Porter had been finding and picturing
+exquisite big night flyers during several years of field work
+among the birds, and from what she could have readily done with
+them she saw how it would be possible for a girl rightly
+constituted and environed to make a living, and a good one, at
+such work. So was conceived "A Girl of the Limberlost." "This
+comes fairly close to my idea of a good book," she writes. "No
+possible harm can be done any one in reading it. The book can,
+and does, present a hundred pictures that will draw any reader in
+closer touch with nature and the Almighty, my primal object in
+each line I write. The human side of the book is as close a
+character study as I am capable of making. I regard the character
+of Mrs. Comstock as the best thought-out and the cleanest-cut
+study of human nature I have so far been able to do. Perhaps the
+best justification of my idea of this book came to me recently
+when I received an application from the President for permission
+to translate it into Arabic, as the first book to be used in an
+effort to introduce our methods of nature study into the College
+of Cairo."
+
+Hodder and Stoughton of London published the British edition of
+this work.
+
+At the same time that "A Girl of the Limberlost" was published
+there appeared the book called "Birds of the Bible." This volume
+took shape slowly. The author made a long search for each bird
+mentioned in the Bible, how often, where, why; each quotation
+concerning it in the whole book, every abstract reference, why
+made, by whom, and what it meant. Then slowly dawned the sane and
+true things said of birds in the Bible compared with the amazing
+statements of Aristotle, Aristophanes, Pliny, and other writers
+of about the same period in pagan nations. This led to a search
+for the dawn of bird history and for the very first pictures
+preserved of them. On this book the author expended more work
+than on any other she has ever written.
+
+In 1911 two more books for which Mrs. Porter had gathered
+material for long periods came to a conclusion on the same date:
+"Music of the Wild" and "The Harvester." The latter of these was
+a nature novel; the other a frank nature book, filled with all
+outdoors--a special study of the sounds one hears in fields and
+forests, and photographic reproductions of the musicians and
+their instruments.
+
+The idea of "The Harvester" was suggested to the author by an
+editor who wanted a magazine article, with human interest in it,
+about the ginseng diggers in her part of the country. Mr. Porter
+had bought ginseng for years for a drug store he owned; there
+were several people he knew still gathering it for market, and
+growing it was becoming a good business all over the country.
+Mrs. Porter learned from the United States Pharmacopaeia and from
+various other sources that the drug was used mostly by the
+Chinese, and with a wholly mistaken idea of its properties. The
+strongest thing any medical work will say for ginseng is that it
+is "A VERY MILD AND SOOTHING DRUG." It seems that the Chinese buy
+and use it in enormous quantities, in the belief that it is a
+remedy for almost every disease to which humanity is heir; that
+it will prolong life, and that it is a wonderful stimulant.
+Ancient medical works make this statement, laying special
+emphasis upon its stimulating qualities. The drug does none of
+these things. Instead of being a stimulant, it comes closer to a
+sedative. This investigation set the author on the search for
+other herbs that now are or might be grown as an occupation. Then
+came the idea of a man who should grow these drugs
+professionally, and of the sick girl healed by them. "I could
+have gone to work and started a drug farm myself," remarks Mrs.
+Porter, "with exactly the same profit and success as the
+Harvester. I wrote primarily to state that to my personal
+knowledge, clean, loving men still exist in this world, and that
+no man is forced to endure the grind of city life if he wills
+otherwise. Any one who likes, with even such simple means as
+herbs he can dig from fence corners, may start a drug farm that
+in a short time will yield him delightful work and independence.
+I WROTE THE BOOK AS I THOUGHT IT SHOULD BE WRITTEN, TO PROVE MY
+POINTS AND ESTABLISH MY CONTENTIONS. I THINK IT DID. MEN THE
+GLOBE AROUND PROMPTLY WROTE ME THAT THEY ALWAYS HAD OBSERVED THE
+MORAL CODE; OTHERS THAT THE SUBJECT NEVER IN ALL THEIR LIVES HAD
+BEEN PRESENTED TO THEM FROM MY POINT OF VIEW, BUT NOW THAT IT HAD
+BEEN, THEY WOULD CHANGE AND DO WHAT THEY COULD TO INFLUENCE ALL
+MEN TO DO THE SAME"
+
+Messrs. Hodder and Stoughton publish a British edition of "The
+Harvester," there is an edition in Scandinavian, it was running
+serially in a German magazine, but for a time at least the German
+and French editions that were arranged will be stopped by this
+war, as there was a French edition of "The Song of the Cardinal."
+
+After a short rest, the author began putting into shape a book
+for which she had been compiling material since the beginning of
+field work. From the first study she made of an exquisite big
+night moth, Mrs. Porter used every opportunity to secure more and
+representative studies of each family in her territory, and
+eventually found the work so fascinating that she began hunting
+cocoons and raising caterpillars in order to secure life
+histories and make illustrations with fidelity to life. "It
+seems," comments the author, "that scientists and lepidopterists
+from the beginning have had no hesitation in describing and using
+mounted moth and butterfly specimens for book text and
+illustration, despite the fact that their colours fade rapidly,
+that the wings are always in unnatural positions, and the bodies
+shrivelled. I would quite as soon accept the mummy of any
+particular member of the Rameses family as a fair representation
+of the living man, as a mounted moth for a live one."
+
+When she failed to secure the moth she wanted in a living and
+perfect specimen for her studies, the author set out to raise
+one, making photographic studies from the eggs through the entire
+life process. There was one June during which she scarcely slept
+for more than a few hours of daytime the entire month. She turned
+her bedroom into a hatchery, where were stored the most precious
+cocoons; and if she lay down at night it was with those she
+thought would produce moths before morning on her pillow, where
+she could not fail to hear them emerging. At the first sound she
+would be up with notebook in hand, and by dawn, busy with
+cameras. Then she would be forced to hurry to the darkroom and
+develop her plates in order to be sure that she had a perfect
+likeness, before releasing the specimen, for she did release all
+she produced except one pair of each kind, never having sold a
+moth, personally. Often where the markings were wonderful and
+complicated, as soon as the wings were fully developed Mrs.
+Porter copied the living specimen in water colours for her
+illustrations, frequently making several copies in order to be
+sure that she laid on the colour enough BRIGHTER than her subject
+so that when it died it would be exactly the same shade.
+
+"Never in all my life," writes the author, "have I had such
+exquisite joy in work as I had in painting the illustrations for
+this volume of `Moths of the Limberlost.' Colour work had
+advanced to such a stage that I knew from the beautiful
+reproductions in Arthur Rackham's `Rheingold and Valkyrie' and
+several other books on the market, that time so spent would not
+be lost. Mr. Doubleday had assured me personally that I might
+count on exact reproduction, and such details of type and paper
+as I chose to select. I used the easel made for me when a girl,
+under the supervision of my father, and I threw my whole heart
+into the work of copying each line and delicate shading on those
+wonderful wings, `all diamonded with panes of quaint device,
+innumerable stains and splendid dyes,' as one poet describes
+them. There were times, when in working a mist of colour over
+another background, I cut a brush down to three hairs. Some of
+these illustrations I sent back six and seven times, to be worked
+over before the illustration plates were exact duplicates of the
+originals, and my heart ached for the engravers, who must have
+had Job-like patience; but it did not ache enough to stop me
+until I felt the reproduction exact. This book tells its own
+story of long and patient waiting for a specimen, of watching, of
+disappointments, and triumphs. I love it especially among my
+book children because it represents my highest ideals in the
+making of a nature book, and I can take any skeptic afield and
+prove the truth of the natural history it contains."
+
+In August of 1913 the author's novel "Laddie" was published in
+New York, London, Sydney and Toronto simultaneously. This book
+contains the same mixture of romance and nature interest as the
+others, and is modelled on the same plan of introducing nature
+objects peculiar to the location, and characters, many of whom
+are from life, typical of the locality at a given period. The
+first thing many critics said of it was that "no such people ever
+existed, and no such life was ever lived." In reply to this the
+author said: "Of a truth, the home I described in this book I
+knew to the last grain of wood in the doors, and I painted, it
+with absolute accuracy; and many of the people I described I knew
+more intimately than I ever have known any others. TAKEN AS A
+WHOLE IT REPRESENTS A PERFECTLY FAITHFUL PICTURE OF HOME LIFE, IN
+A FAMILY WHO WERE REARED AND EDUCATED EXACTLY AS THIS BOOK
+INDICATES. There was such a man as Laddie, and he was as much
+bigger and better than my description of him as a real thing is
+always better than its presentment. The only difference, barring
+the nature work, between my books and those of many other
+writers, is that I prefer to describe and to perpetuate the BEST
+I have known in life; whereas many authors seem to feel that
+they have no hope of achieving a high literary standing unless
+they delve in and reproduce the WORST.
+
+"To deny that wrong and pitiful things exist in life is folly,
+but to believe that these things are made better by promiscuous
+discussion at the hands of writers who FAIL TO PROVE BY THEIR
+BOOKS that their viewpoint is either right, clean, or helpful, is
+close to insanity. If there is to be any error on either side in
+a book, then God knows it is far better that it should be upon
+the side of pure sentiment and high ideals than upon that of a
+too loose discussion of subjects which often open to a large part
+of the world their first knowledge of such forms of sin,
+profligate expenditure, and waste of life's best opportunities.
+There is one great beauty in idealized romance: reading it can
+make no one worse than he is, while it may help thousands to a
+cleaner life and higher inspiration than they ever before have
+known."
+
+Mrs. Porter has written ten books, and it is not out of place
+here to express her attitude toward them. Each was written, she
+says, from her heart's best impulses. They are as clean and
+helpful as she knew how to make them, as beautiful and
+interesting. She has never spared herself in the least degree,
+mind or body, when it came to giving her best, and she has never
+considered money in relation to what she was writing.
+
+During the hard work and exposure of those early years, during
+rainy days and many nights in the darkroom, she went straight
+ahead with field work, sending around the globe for books and
+delving to secure material for such books as "Birds of the
+Bible," "Music of the Wild," and "Moths of the Limberlost." Every
+day devoted to such work was "commercially" lost, as publishers
+did not fail to tell her. But that was the work she could do, and
+do with exceeding joy. She could do it better pictorially, on
+account of her lifelong knowledge of living things afield, than
+any other woman had as yet had the strength and nerve to do it.
+It was work in which she gloried, and she persisted. "Had I been
+working for money," comments the author, "not one of these nature
+books ever would have been written, or an illustration made."
+
+When the public had discovered her and given generous approval to
+"A Girl of the Limberlost," when "The Harvester" had established
+a new record, that would have been the time for the author to
+prove her commercialism by dropping nature work, and plunging
+headlong into books it would pay to write, and for which many
+publishers were offering alluring sums. Mrs. Porter's answer was
+the issuing of such books as "Music of the Wild" and "Moths of
+the Limberlost." No argument is necessary. Mr. Edward Shuman,
+formerly critic of the Chicago Record-Herald, was impressed by
+this method of work and pointed it out in a review. It appealed
+to Mr. Shuman, when "Moths of the Limberlost" came in for review,
+following the tremendous success of "The Harvester," that had the
+author been working for money, she could have written half a
+dozen more "Harvesters" while putting seven years of field work,
+on a scientific subject, into a personally illustrated work.
+
+In an interesting passage dealing with her books, Mrs. Porter
+writes: "I have done three times the work on my books of fiction
+that I see other writers putting into a novel, in order to make
+all natural history allusions accurate and to write them in such
+fashion that they will meet with the commendation of high
+schools, colleges, and universities using what I write as text
+books, and for the homes that place them in their libraries. I am
+perfectly willing to let time and the hearts of the people set my
+work in its ultimate place. I have no delusions concerning it.
+
+"To my way of thinking and working the greatest service a piece
+of fiction can do any reader is to leave him with a higher ideal
+of life than he had when he began. If in one small degree it
+shows him where he can be a gentler, saner, cleaner, kindlier
+man, it is a wonder-working book. If it opens his eyes to one
+beauty in nature he never saw for himself, and leads him one step
+toward the God of the Universe, it is a beneficial book, for one
+step into the miracles of nature leads to that long walk, the
+glories of which so strengthen even a boy who thinks he is dying,
+that he faces his struggle like a gladiator."
+
+During the past ten years thousands of people have sent the
+author word that through her books they have been led afield and
+to their first realization of the beauties of nature her mail
+brings an average of ten such letters a day, mostly from
+students, teachers, and professional people of our largest
+cities. It can probably be said in all truth of her nature books
+and nature novels, that in the past ten years they have sent more
+people afield than all the scientific writings of the same
+period. That is a big statement, but it is very likely pretty
+close to the truth. Mrs. Porter has been asked by two London and
+one Edinburgh publishers for the privilege of bringing out
+complete sets of her nature books, but as yet she has not felt
+ready to do this.
+
+In bringing this sketch of Gene Stratton-Porter to a close it
+will be interesting to quote the author's own words describing
+the Limberlost Swamp, its gradual disappearance under the
+encroachments of business, and her removal to a new field even
+richer in natural beauties. She says: "In the beginning of the
+end a great swamp region lay in northeastern Indiana. Its head
+was in what is now Noble and DeKalb counties; its body in Allen
+and Wells, and its feet in southern Adams and northern Jay The
+Limberlost lies at the foot and was, when I settled near it,
+EXACTLY AS DESCRIBED IN MY BOOKS. The process of dismantling it
+was told in, Freckles, to start with, carried on in `A Girl of
+the Limberlost,' and finished in `Moths of the Limberlost.' Now
+it has so completely fallen prey to commercialism through the
+devastation of lumbermen, oilmen, and farmers, that I have been
+forced to move my working territory and build a new cabin about
+seventy miles north, at the head of the swamp in Noble county,
+where there are many lakes, miles of unbroken marsh, and a far
+greater wealth of plant and animal life than existed during my
+time in the southern part. At the north end every bird that
+frequents the Central States is to be found. Here grow in
+profusion many orchids, fringed gentians, cardinal flowers,
+turtle heads, starry campions, purple gerardias, and grass of
+Parnassus. In one season I have located here almost every flower
+named in the botanies as native to these regions and several that
+I can find in no book in my library.
+
+"But this change of territory involves the purchase of fifteen
+acres of forest and orchard land, on a lake shore in marsh
+country. It means the building of a permanent, all-year-round
+home, which will provide the comforts of life for my family and
+furnish a workshop consisting of a library, a photographic
+darkroom and negative closet, and a printing room for me. I could
+live in such a home as I could provide on the income from my
+nature work alone; but when my working grounds were cleared,
+drained and ploughed up, literally wiped from the face of the
+earth, I never could have moved to new country had it not been
+for the earnings of the novels, which I now spend, and always
+have spent, in great part UPON MY NATURE WORK. Based on this plan
+of work and life I have written ten books, and `please God I live
+so long,' I shall write ten more. Possibly every one of them will
+be located in northern Indiana. Each one will be filled with all
+the field and woods legitimately falling to its location and
+peopled with the best men and women I have known."
+
+
+
+Chapter 1
+
+THE RAT-CATCHERS OF THE WABASH
+
+
+"Hey, you swate-scented little heart-warmer!" cried Jimmy Malone,
+as he lifted his tenth trap, weighted with a struggling muskrat,
+from the Wabash. "Varmint you may be to all the rist of
+creation, but you mane a night at Casey's to me."
+
+Jimmy whistled softly as he reset the trap. For the moment he
+forgot that he was five miles from home, that it was a mile
+farther to the end of his line at the lower curve of Horseshoe
+Bend, that his feet and fingers were almost freezing, and that
+every rat of the ten now in the bag on his back had made him
+thirstier. He shivered as the cold wind sweeping the curves of
+the river struck him; but when an unusually heavy gust dropped
+the ice and snow from a branch above him on the back of his
+head, he laughed, as he ducked and cried: "Kape your snowballing
+till the Fourth of July, will you!"
+
+"Chick-a-dee-dee-dee!" remarked a tiny gray bird on the tree
+above him. Jimmy glanced up. "Chickie, Chickie, Chickie," he
+said. "I can't till by your dress whether you are a hin or a
+rooster. But I can till by your employmint that you are working
+for grub. Have to hustle lively for every worm you find, don't
+you, Chickie? Now me, I'm hustlin' lively for a drink, and I be
+domn if it seems nicessary with a whole river of drinkin' stuff
+flowin' right under me feet. But the old Wabash ain't runnin
+"wine and milk and honey" not by the jug-full. It seems to be
+compounded of aquil parts of mud, crude ile, and rain water. If
+'twas only runnin' Melwood, be gorry, Chickie, you'd see a
+mermaid named Jimmy Malone sittin' on the Kingfisher Stump,
+combin' its auburn hair with a breeze, and scoopin' whiskey down
+its gullet with its tail fin. No, hold on, Chickie, you wouldn't
+either. I'm too flat-chisted for a mermaid, and I'd have no time
+to lave off gurglin' for the hair-combin' act, which, Chickie, to
+me notion is as issential to a mermaid as the curves. I'd be a
+sucker, the biggest sucker in the Gar-hole, Chickie bird. I'd be
+an all-day sucker, be gobs; yis, and an all- night sucker, too.
+Come to think of it, Chickie, be domn if I'd be a sucker at all.
+Look at the mouths of thim! Puckered up with a drawstring! Oh,
+Hell on the Wabash, Chickie, think of Jimmy Malone lyin' at the
+bottom of a river flowin' with Melwood, and a puckerin'-string
+mouth! Wouldn't that break the heart of you? I know what I'd be.
+I'd be the Black Bass of Horseshoe Bend, Chickie, and I'd locate
+just below the shoals headin' up stream, and I'd hold me mouth
+wide open till I paralyzed me jaws so I couldn't shut thim. I'd
+just let the pure stuff wash over me gills constant, world
+without end. Good-by, Chickie. Hope you got your grub, and pretty
+soon I'll have enough drink to make me feel like I was the Bass
+for one night, anyway."
+
+Jimmy hurried to his next trap, which was empty, but the one
+after that contained a rat, and there were footprints in the
+snow. "That's where the porrage-heart of the Scotchman comes in,"
+said Jimmy, as he held up the rat by one foot, and gave it a
+sharp rap over the head with the trap to make sure it was dead.
+"Dannie could no more hear a rat fast in one of me traps and not
+come over and put it out of its misery, than he could dance a
+hornpipe. And him only sicond hand from hornpipe land, too! But
+his feet's like lead. Poor Dannie! He gets just about half the
+rats I do. He niver did have luck."
+
+Jimmy's gay face clouded for an instant. The twinkle faded from
+his eyes, and a look of unrest swept into them. He muttered
+something, and catching up his bag, shoved in the rat. As he
+reset the trap, a big crow dropped from branch to branch on a
+sycamore above him, and his back scarcely was turned before it
+alighted on the ice, and ravenously picked at three drops of
+blood purpling there.
+
+Away down the ice-sheeted river led Dannie's trail, showing
+plainly across the snow blanket. The wind raved through the
+trees, and around the curves of the river. The dark earth of the
+banks peeping from under overhanging ice and snow, looked like
+the entrance to deep mysterious caves. Jimmy's superstitious soul
+readily peopled them with goblins and devils. He shuddered, and
+began to talk aloud to cheer himself. "Elivin muskrat skins,
+times fifteen cints apiece, one dollar sixty-five. That will buy
+more than I can hold. Hagginy! Won't I be takin' one long fine
+gurgle of the pure stuff! And there's the boys! I might do the
+grand for once. One on me for the house! And I might pay
+something on my back score, but first I'll drink till I swell
+like a poisoned pup. And I ought to get Mary that milk pail she's
+been kickin' for this last month. Women and cows are always
+kickin'! If the blarsted cow hadn't kicked a hole in the pail,
+there'd be no need of Mary kicking for a new one. But dough IS
+dubious soldering. Mary says it's bad enough on the dish pan, but
+it positively ain't hilthy about the milk pail, and she is right.
+We ought to have a new pail. I guess I'll get it first, and fill
+up on what's left. One for a quarter will do. And I've several
+traps yet, I may get a few more rats."
+
+The virtuous resolve to buy a milk pail before he quenched the
+thirst which burned him, so elated Jimmy with good opinion of
+himself that he began whistling gayly as he strode toward his
+next trap. And by that token, Dannie Macnoun, resetting an empty
+trap a quarter of a mile below, knew that Jimmy was coming, and
+that as usual luck was with him. Catching his blood and water
+dripping bag, Dannie dodged a rotten branch that came crashing
+down under the weight of its icy load, and stepping out on the
+river, he pulled on his patched wool-lined mittens as he waited
+for Jimmy.
+
+"How many, Dannie?" called Jimmy from afar.
+
+"Seven," answered Dannie. "What for ye?"
+
+"Elivin," replied Jimmy, with a bit of unconscious swagger. "I am
+havin' poor luck to-day."
+
+"How mony wad satisfy ye?" asked Dannie sarcastically.
+
+"Ain't got time to figure that," answered Jimmy, working in a
+double shuffle as he walked. "Thrash around a little, Dannie. It
+will warm you up."
+
+"I am no cauld," answered Dannie.
+
+"No cauld!" imitated Jimmy. "No cauld! Come to observe you
+closer, I do detect symptoms of sunstroke in the ridness of your
+face, and the whiteness about your mouth; but the frost on your
+neck scarf, and the icicles fistooned around the tail of your
+coat, tell a different story.
+
+"Dannie, you remind me of the baptizin' of Pete Cox last winter.
+Pete's nothin' but skin and bone, and he niver had a square meal
+in his life to warm him. It took pushin' and pullin' to get him
+in the water, and a scum froze over while he was under. Pete came
+up shakin' like the feeder on a thrashin' machine, and whin he
+could spake at all, `Bless Jasus,' says he, `I'm jist as
+wa-wa-warm as I wa-wa-want to be.' So are you, Dannie, but
+there's a difference in how warm folks want to be. For meself,
+now, I could aisily bear a little more hate."
+
+"It's honest, I'm no cauld," insisted Dannie; and he might have
+added that if Jimmy would not fill his system with Casey's
+poisons, that degree of cold would not chill and pinch him
+either. But being Dannie, he neither thought nor said it. `"Why,
+I'm frozen to me sowl!" cried Jimmy, as he changed the rat bag to
+his other hand, and beat the empty one against his leg." Say,
+Dannie, where do you think the Kingfisher is wintering?"
+
+"And the Black Bass," answered Dannie. "Where do ye suppose the
+Black Bass is noo?"
+
+"Strange you should mintion the Black Bass," said Jimmy. "I was
+just havin' a little talk about him with a frind of mine named
+Chickie-dom, no, Chickie-dee, who works a grub stake back there.
+
+The Bass might be lyin' in the river bed right under our feet.
+Don't you remimber the time whin I put on three big cut-worms,
+and skittered thim beyond the log that lays across here, and he
+lept from the water till we both saw him the best we ever did,
+and nothin' but my old rotten line ever saved him? Or he might be
+where it slumps off just below the Kingfisher stump. But I know
+where he is all right. He's down in the Gar-hole, and he'll come
+back here spawning time, and chase minnows when the Kingfisher
+comes home. But, Dannie, where the nation do you suppose the
+Kingfisher is?"
+
+"No' so far away as ye might think," replied Dannie. "Doc Hues
+told me that coming on the train frae Indianapolis on the
+fifteenth of December, he saw one fly across a little pond juist
+below Winchester. I believe they go south slowly, as the cold
+drives them, and stop near as they can find guid fishing. Dinna
+that stump look lonely wi'out him?"
+
+"And sound lonely without the Bass slashing around! I am going to
+have that Bass this summer if I don't do a thing but fish!" vowed
+Jimmy.
+
+"I'll surely have a try at him," answered Dannie, with a twinkle
+in his gray eyes. "We've caught most everything else in the
+Wabash, and our reputation fra taking guid fish is ahead of any
+one on the river, except the Kingfisher. Why the Diel dinna one
+of us haul out that Bass?"
+
+"Ain't I just told you that I am going to hook him this summer?"
+shivered Jimmy.
+
+"Dinna ye hear me mention that I intended to take a try at him
+mysel'?" questioned Dannie. "Have ye forgotten that I know how to
+fish?"
+
+"'Nough breeze to-day without starting a Highlander," interposed
+Jimmy hastily. "I believe I hear a rat in my next trap. That will
+make me twilve, and it's good and glad of it I am for I've to
+walk to town when my line is reset. There's something Mary
+wants."
+
+"If Mary wants ye to go to town, why dinna ye leave me to finish
+your traps, and start now?" asked Dannie. "It's getting dark, and
+if ye are so late ye canna see the drifts, ye never can cut
+across the fields; fra the snow is piled waist high, and it's a
+mile farther by the road."
+
+"I got to skin my rats first, or I'll be havin' to ask credit
+again," replied Jimmy.
+
+"That's easy," answered Dannie. "Turn your rats over to me richt
+noo. I'll give ye market price fra them in cash."
+
+"But the skinnin' of them," objected Jimmy for decency sake,
+though his eyes were beginning to shine and his fingers to
+tremble.
+
+"Never ye mind about that," retorted Dannie. "I like to take my
+time to it, and fix them up nice. Elivin, did ye say?"
+
+"Elivin," answered Jimmy, breaking into a jig, supposedly to keep
+his feet warm, in reality because he could not stand quietly
+while Dannie pulled off his mittens, got out and unstrapped his
+wallet, and carefully counted out the money. "Is that all ye
+need?" he asked.
+
+For an instant Jimmy hesitated. Missing a chance to get even a
+few cents more meant a little shorter time at Casey's. "That's
+enough, I think," he said. "I wish I'd staid out of matrimony,
+and then maybe I could iver have a cint of me own. You ought to
+be glad you haven't a woman to consume ivery penny you earn
+before it reaches your pockets, Dannie Micnoun."
+
+"I hae never seen Mary consume much but calico and food," Dannie
+said dryly.
+
+"Oh, it ain't so much what a woman really spinds," said Jimmy,
+peevishly, as he shoved the money into his pocket, and pulled on
+his mittens. "It's what you know she would spind if she had the
+chance."
+
+"I dinna think ye'll break up on that," laughed Dannie.
+
+And that was what Jimmy wanted. So long as he could set Dannie
+laughing, he could mold him.
+
+"No, but I'll break down," lamented Jimmy in sore self-pity, as
+he remembered the quarter sacred to the purchase of the milk
+pail.
+
+"Ye go on, and hurry," urged Dannie. "If ye dinna start home by
+seven, I'll be combing the drifts fra ye before morning."
+
+"Anything I can do for you?" asked Jimmy, tightening his old red
+neck scarf.
+
+"Yes," answered Dannie. "Do your errand and start straight home,
+your teeth are chattering noo. A little more exposure, and the
+rheumatism will be grinding ye again. Ye will hurry, Jimmy?"
+
+"Sure!" cried Jimmy, ducking under a snow slide, and breaking
+into a whistle as he turned toward the road.
+
+Dannie's gaze followed Jimmy's retreating figure until he climbed
+the bank, and was lost in the woods, and the light in his eyes
+was the light of love. He glanced at the sky, and hurried down
+the river. First across to Jimmy's side to gather his rats and
+reset his traps, then to his own. But luck seemed to have turned,
+for all the rest of Dannie's were full, and all of Jimmy's were
+empty. But as he was gone, it was not necessary for Dannie to
+slip across and fill them, as was his custom when they worked
+together. He would divide the rats at skinning time, so that
+Jimmy would have just twice as many as he, because Jimmy had a
+wife to support. The last trap of the line lay a little below the
+curve of Horseshoe Bend, and there Dannie twisted the tops of the
+bags together, climbed the bank, and struck across Rainbow
+Bottom. He settled his load to his shoulders, and glanced ahead
+to choose the shortest route. He stopped suddenly with a quick
+intake of breath.
+
+"God!" he cried reverently. "Hoo beautifu' are Thy works."
+
+The ice-covered Wabash circled Rainbow Bottom like a broad white
+frame, and inside it was a perfect picture wrought in crystal
+white and snow shadows. The blanket on the earth lay smoothly in
+even places, rose with knolls, fell with valleys, curved over
+prostrate logs, heaped in mounds where bushes grew thickly, and
+piled high in drifts where the wind blew free. In the shelter of
+the bottom the wind had not stripped the trees of their loads as
+it had those along the river. The willows, maples, and soft woods
+bent almost to earth with their shining burden; but the stout,
+stiffly upstanding trees, the oaks, elms, and cottonwoods defied
+the elements to bow their proud heads. While the three mighty
+trunks of the great sycamore in the middle looked white as the
+snow, and dwarfed its companions as it never had in summer; its
+wide-spreading branches were sharply cut against the blue
+background, and they tossed their frosted balls in the face of
+Heaven. The giant of Rainbow Bottom might be broken, but it never
+would bend. Every clambering vine, every weed and dried leaf wore
+a coat of lace-webbed frostwork. The wind swept a mist of tiny
+crystals through the air, and from the shelter of the deep woods
+across the river a Cardinal whistled gayly.
+
+The bird of Good Cheer, whistling no doubt on an empty crop, made
+Dannie think of Jimmy, and his unfailing fountain of mirth. Dear
+Jimmy! Would he ever take life seriously? How good he was to
+tramp to town and back after five miles on the ice. He thought of
+Mary with almost a touch of impatience. What did the woman want
+that was so necessary as to send a man to town after a day on
+the ice? Jimmy would be dog tired when he got home. Dannie
+decided to hurry, and do the feeding and get in the wood before
+he began to skin the rats.
+
+He found walking uncertain. He plunged into unsuspected hollows,
+and waded drifts, so that he was panting when he reached the
+lane. From there he caught the gray curl of smoke against the sky
+from one of two log cabins side by side at the top of the
+embankment, and he almost ran toward them. Mary might think they
+were late at the traps, and be out doing the feeding, and it
+would be cold for a woman.
+
+On reaching his own door, he dropped the rat bags inside, and
+then hurried to the yard of the other cabin. He gathered a big
+load of wood in his arms, and stamping the snow from his feet,
+called "Open!" at the door. Dannie stepped inside and filled the
+empty box. With smiling eyes he turned to Mary, as he brushed the
+snow and moss from his sleeves.
+
+"Nothing but luck to-day," he said. "Jimmy took elivin fine skins
+frae his traps before he started to town, and I got five more
+that are his, and I hae eight o' my own."
+
+Mary looked such a dream to Dannie, standing there all pink and
+warm and tidy in her fresh blue dress, that he blinked and
+smiled, half bewildered.
+
+"What did Jimmy go to town for?" she asked.
+
+"Whatever it was ye wanted," answered Dannie.
+
+"What was it I wanted?" persisted Mary.
+
+"He dinna tell me," replied Dannie, and the smile wavered.
+
+"Me, either," said Mary, and she stooped and picked up her
+sewing.
+
+Dannie went out and gently closed the door. He stood for a second
+on the step, forcing himself to take an inventory of the work.
+There were the chickens to feed, and the cows to milk, feed, and
+water. Both the teams must be fed and bedded, a fire in his own
+house made, and two dozen rats skinned, and the skins put to
+stretch and cure. And at the end of it all, instead of a bed and
+rest, there was every probability that he must drive to town
+after Jimmy; for Jimmy could get helpless enough to freeze in a
+drift on a dollar sixty-five.
+
+"Oh, Jimmy, Jimmy!" muttered Dannie. "I wish ye wadna." And he
+was not thinking of himself, but of the eyes of the woman inside.
+
+So Dannie did all the work, and cooked his supper, because he
+never ate in Jimmy's cabin when Jimmy was not there. Then he
+skinned rats, and watched the clock, because if Jimmy did not
+come by eleven, it meant he must drive to town and bring him
+home. No wonder Jimmy chilled at the trapping when he kept his
+blood on fire with whiskey. At half-past ten, Dannie, with
+scarcely half the rats finished, went out into the storm and
+hitched to the single buggy. Then he tapped at Mary Malone's
+door, quite softly, so that he would not disturb her if she had
+gone to bed. She was not sleeping, however, and the loneliness of
+her slight figure, as she stood with the lighted room behind her,
+struck Dannie forcibly, so that his voice trembled with pity as
+he said: "Mary, I've run out o' my curing compound juist in the
+midst of skinning the finest bunch o' rats we've taken frae the
+traps this winter. I am going to drive to town fra some more
+before the stores close, and we will be back in less than an
+hour. I thought I'd tell ye, so if ye wanted me ye wad know why I
+dinna answer. Ye winna be afraid, will ye?"
+
+"No," replied Mary, "I won't be afraid."
+
+"Bolt the doors, and pile on plenty of wood to keep ye warm,"
+said Dannie as he turned away.
+
+Just for a minute Mary stared out into the storm. Then a gust of
+wind nearly swept her from her feet, and she pushed the door
+shut, and slid the heavy bolt into place. For a little while she
+leaned and listened to the storm outside. She was a clean, neat,
+beautiful Irish woman. Her eyes were wide and blue, her cheeks
+pink, and her hair black and softly curling about her face and
+neck. The room in which she stood was neat as its keeper. The
+walls were whitewashed, and covered with prints, pictures, and
+some small tanned skins. Dried grasses and flowers filled the
+vases on the mantle. The floor was neatly carpeted with a striped
+rag carpet, and in the big open fireplace a wood fire roared. In
+an opposite corner stood a modern cooking stove, the pipe passing
+through a hole in the wall, and a door led into a sleeping room
+beyond.
+
+As her eyes swept the room they rested finally on a framed
+lithograph of the Virgin, with the Infant in her arms. Slowly
+Mary advanced, her gaze fast on the serene pictured face of the
+mother clasping her child. Before it she stood staring. Suddenly
+her breast began to heave, and the big tears brimmed from her
+eyes and slid down her cheeks.
+
+"Since you look so wise, why don't you tell me why?" she
+demanded. "Oh, if you have any mercy, tell me why!"
+
+Then before the steady look in the calm eyes, she hastily made
+the sign of the cross, and slipping to the floor, she laid her
+head on a chair, and sobbed aloud.
+
+
+
+Chapter II
+
+RUBEN O'KHAYAM AND THE MILK PAIL
+
+
+Jimmy Malone, carrying a shinning tin milk pail, stepped into
+Casey's saloon and closed the door behind him.
+
+"E' much as wine has played the Infidel,
+And robbed me of my robe of Honor--well,
+I wonder what the Vinters buy
+One-half so precious as the stuff they sell."
+
+Jimmy stared at the back of a man leaning against the bar, and
+gazing lovingly at a glass of red wine, as he recited in mellow,
+swinging tones. Gripping the milk pail, Jimmy advanced a step.
+The man stuck a thumb in the belt of his Norfolk jacket, and the
+verses flowed on:
+
+
+"The grape that can with logic absolute
+The two and seventy jarring sects confute:
+The sovereign Alchemist that in a trice
+Life's leaden metal into Gold transmute."
+
+
+Jimmy's mouth fell open, and he slowly nodded indorsement of the
+sentiment. The man lifted his glass.
+
+
+"Ah, make the most of what we yet may spend,
+Before we too into the Dust descend;
+Yesterday this Day's Madness did prepare;
+To-morrow's Silence, Triumph, or Despair:
+Drink! for you know not whence you came nor why:
+Drink! for you know not why you go nor where."
+
+
+Jimmy set the milk pail on the bar and faced the man.
+
+"'Fore God, that's the only sensible word I ever heard on my side
+of the quistion in all me life. And to think that it should come
+from the mouth of a man wearing such a Go-to-Hell coat!"
+
+Jimmy shoved the milk pail in front of the stranger. "In the name
+of humanity, impty yourself of that," he said. "Fill me pail with
+the stuff and let me take it home to Mary. She's always got the
+bist of the argumint, but I'm thinkin' that would cork her. You
+won't?" questioned Jimmy resentfully. "Kape it to yoursilf, thin,
+like you did your wine." He shoved the bucket toward the
+barkeeper, and emptied his pocket on the bar. "There, Casey, you
+be the Sovereign Alchemist, and transmute that metal into Melwood
+pretty quick, for I've not wet me whistle in three days, and the
+belly of me is filled with burnin' autumn leaves. Gimme a loving
+cup, and come on boys, this is on me while it lasts."
+
+The barkeeper swept the coin into the till, picked up the bucket,
+and started back toward a beer keg.
+
+"Oh, no you don't!" cried Jimmy. "Come back here and count that
+`leaden metal,' and then be transmutin' it into whiskey straight,
+the purest gold you got. You don't drown out a three-days'
+thirst with beer. You ought to give me 'most two quarts for
+that."
+
+The barkeeper was wise. He knew that what Jimmy started would go
+on with men who could pay, and he filled the order generously.
+
+Jimmy picked up the pail. He dipped a small glass in the liquor,
+and held near an ounce aloft.
+
+
+"I wonder what the Vinters buy
+One-half so precious as the stuff they sell?"
+
+
+he quoted. "Down goes!" and he emptied the glass at a draft.
+Then he walked to the group at the stove, and began dipping a
+drink for each.
+
+When Jimmy came to a gray-haired man, with a high forehead and an
+intellectual face, he whispered: "Take your full time, Cap. Who's
+the rhymin' inkybator?"
+
+"Thread man, Boston," mouthed the Captain, as he reached for the
+glass with trembling fingers. Jimmy held on. "Do you know that
+stuff he's giving off?" The Captain nodded, and rose to his feet.
+He always declared he could feel it farther if he drank standing.
+
+"What's his name?" whispered Jimmy, releasing the glass.
+"Rubaiyat, Omar Khayyam," panted the Captain, and was lost. Jimmy
+finished the round of his friends, and then approached the bar.
+
+His voice was softening. "Mister Ruben O'Khayam," he said, "it's
+me private opinion that ye nade lace-trimmed pantalettes and a
+sash to complate your costume, but barrin' clothes, I'm entangled
+in the thrid of your discourse. Bein' a Boston man meself, it
+appeals to me, that I detict the refinemint of the East in yer
+voice. Now these, me frinds, that I've just been tratin', are men
+of these parts; but we of the middle East don't set up to equal
+the culture of the extreme East. So, Mr. O'Khayam, solely for the
+benefit you might be to us, I'm askin' you to join me and me
+frinds in the momenchous initiation of me new milk pail."
+
+Jimmy lifted a brimming glass, and offered it to the Thread Man.
+"Do you transmute?" he asked. Now if the Boston man had looked
+Jimmy in the eye, and said "I do," this book would not have been
+written. But he did not. He looked at the milk pail, and the
+glass, which had passed through the hands of a dozen men in a
+little country saloon away out in the wilds of Indiana, and said:
+"I do not care to partake of further refreshment; if I can be of
+intellectual benefit, I might remain for a time."
+
+For a flash Jimmy lifted the five feet ten of his height to six;
+but in another he shrank below normal. What appeared to the
+Thread Man to be a humble, deferential seeker after wisdom, led
+him to one of the chairs around the big coal base burner. But the
+boys who knew Jimmy were watching the whites of his eyes, as they
+drank the second round. At this stage Jimmy was on velvet. How
+long he remained there depended on the depth of Melwood in the
+milk pail between his knees. He smiled winningly on the Thread
+Man.
+
+"Ye know, Mister O'Khayam," he said, "at the present time you are
+located in one of the wooliest parts of the wild East. I don't
+suppose anything woolier could be found on the plains of Nebraska
+where I am reliably informed they've stuck up a pole and labeled
+it the cinter of the United States. Being a thousand miles closer
+that pole than you are in Boston, naturally we come by that
+distance closer to the great wool industry. Most of our wool here
+grows on our tongues, and we shear it by this transmutin'
+process, concerning which you have discoursed so beautiful. But
+barrin' the shearin' of our wool, we are the mildest, most
+sheepish fellows you could imagine. I don't reckon now there is a
+man among us who could be induced to blat or to butt, under the
+most tryin' circumstances. My Mary's got a little lamb, and all
+the rist of the boys are lambs. But all the lambs are waned, and
+clusterin' round the milk pail. Ain't that touchin'? Come on,
+now, Ruben, ile up and edify us some more!"
+
+"On what point do you seek enlightenment?" inquired the Thread
+Man.
+
+Jimmy stretched his long legs, and spat against the stove in pure
+delight.
+
+"Oh, you might loosen up on the work of a man," he suggested.
+"These lambs of Casey's fold may larn things from you to help
+thim in the striss of life. Now here's Jones, for instance, he's
+holdin' togither a gang of sixty gibbering Atalyans; any wan of
+thim would cut his throat and skip in the night for a dollar, but
+he kapes the beast in thim under, and they're gettin' out gravel
+for the bed of a railway. Bingham there is oil. He's punchin' the
+earth full of wan thousand foot holes, and sendin' off two
+hundred quarts of nitroglycerine at the bottom of them, and
+pumpin' the accumulation across continents to furnish folks light
+and hate. York here is runnin' a field railway between Bluffton
+and Celina, so that I can get to the river and the resurvoir to
+fish without walkin'. Haines is bossin' a crew of forty Canadians
+and he's takin' the timber from the woods hereabouts, and sending
+it to be made into boats to carry stuff across sea. Meself, and
+me partner, Dannie Micnoun, are the lady-likest lambs in the
+bunch. We grow grub to feed folks in summer and trap for skins to
+cover 'em in winter. Corn is our great commodity. Plowin' and
+hoein' it in summer, and huskin' it in the fall is sich lamb-like
+work. But don't mintion it in the same brith with tendin' our
+four dozen fur traps on a twenty-below-zero day. Freezing hands
+and fate, and fallin' into air bubbles, and building fires to
+thaw out our frozen grub. Now here among us poor little,
+transmutin', lambs you come, a raging lion, ripresentin' the
+cultour and rayfinement of the far East. By the pleats on your
+breast you show us the style. By the thrid case in your hand you
+furnish us material so that our women can tuck their petticoats
+so fancy, and by the book in your head you teach us your
+sooperiority. By the same token, I wish I had that book in me
+head, for I could just squelch Dannie and Mary with it complate.
+Say, Mister O'Khayam, next time you come this way bring me a
+copy. I'm wantin' it bad. I got what you gave off all secure, but
+I take it there's more. No man goin' at that clip could shut off
+with thim few lines. Do you know the rist?"
+
+The Thread Man knew the most of it, and although he was very
+uncomfortable, he did not know just how to get away, so he
+recited it. The milk pail was empty now, and Jimmy had almost
+forgotten that it was a milk pail, and seemed inclined to resent
+the fact that it had gone empty. He beat time on the bottom of
+it, and frequently interrupted the Thread Man to repeat a couplet
+which particularly suited him. By and by he got to his feet and
+began stepping off a slow dance to a sing-song repetition of
+lines that sounded musical to him, all the time marking the
+measures vigorously on the pail. When he tired of a couplet, he
+pounded the pail over the bar, stove, or chairs in encore, until
+the Thread Man could think up another to which he could dance.
+
+
+"Wine! Wine! Wine! Red Wine!
+The Nightingale cried to the rose,"
+
+
+chanted Jimmy, thumping the pail in time, and stepping off the
+measures with feet that scarcely seemed to touch the floor. He
+flung his hat to the barkeeper, and his coat on a chair, ruffled
+his fingers through his thick auburn hair, and holding the pail
+under one arm, he paused, panting for breath and begging for
+more. The Thread Man sat on the edge of his chair, and the eyes
+he fastened on Jimmy were beginning to fill with interest.
+
+"Come fill the Cup and in the fire of Spring
+Your Winter-Garment of Repentance fling.
+The bird of time has but a little way to flutter
+And the bird is on the wing."
+
+Smash came the milk pail across the bar. "Hooray!" shouted
+Jimmy. "Besht yet!" Bang! Bang! He was off." Bird ish on the
+wing," he chanted, and his feet flew. "Come fill the cup, and in
+the firesh of spring--Firesh of Spring, Bird ish on the Wing!"
+Between the music of the milk pail, the brogue of the panted
+verses, and the grace of Jimmy's flying feet, the Thread Man was
+almost prostrate. It suddenly came to him that here might be a
+chance to have a great time.
+
+"More!" gasped Jimmy. "Me some more!" The Thread Man wiped his
+eyes.
+
+
+"Wether the cup with sweet or bitter run,
+The wine of life keeps oozing drop by drop,
+The leaves of life keep falling one by one."
+
+Away went Jimmy.
+
+
+"Swate or bitter run,
+Laves of life kape falling one by one."
+
+
+Bang! Bang! sounded a new improvision on the sadly battered
+pail, and to a new step Jimmy flashed back and forth the length
+of the saloon. At last he paused to rest a second. "One more!
+Just one more!" he begged.
+
+
+"A Book of Verses underneath the Bough,
+A jug of wine, a Loaf of Bread and Thou
+Beside me singing in the Wilderness.
+Oh, wilderness were Paradise enough!"
+
+
+Jimmy's head dropped an instant. His feet slowly shuffled in
+improvising a new step, and then he moved away, thumping the milk
+pail and chanting:
+
+
+"A couple of fish poles underneath a tree,
+A bottle of Rye and Dannie beside me
+A fishing in the Wabash.
+Were the Wabash Paradise? HULLY GEE!
+
+
+"Tired out, he dropped across a chair facing the back and folded
+his arms. He regained breath to ask the Thread Man: "Did you iver
+have a frind?"
+
+He had reached the confidential stage.
+
+The Boston man was struggling to regain his dignity. He retained
+the impression that at the wildest of the dance he had yelled and
+patted time for Jimmy.
+
+"I hope I have a host of friends," he said, settling his pleated
+coat.
+
+"Damn hosht!" said Jimmy. "Jisht in way. Now I got one frind,
+hosht all by himself. Be here pretty soon now. Alwaysh comesh
+nights like thish."
+
+"Comes here?" inquired the Thread Man. "Am I to meet another
+interesting character?"
+
+"Yesh, comesh here. Comesh after me. Comesh like the clock
+sthriking twelve. Don't he, boys?" inquired Jimmy. "But he ain't
+no interesting character. Jisht common man, Dannie is. Honest
+man. Never told a lie in his life. Yesh, he did, too. I forgot.
+He liesh for me. Jish liesh and liesh. Liesh to Mary. Tells her
+any old liesh to keep me out of schrape. You ever have frind hish
+up and drive ten milesh for you night like thish, and liesh to
+get you out of schrape?"
+
+"I never needed any one to lie and get me out of a scrape,"
+answered the Thread Man.
+
+Jimmy sat straight and solemnly batted his eyes. "Gee! You musht
+misshed mosht the fun!" he said. "Me, I ain't ever misshed any.
+Always in schrape. But Dannie getsh me out. Good old Dannie. Jish
+like dog. Take care me all me life. See? Old folks come on same
+boat. Women get thick. Shettle beside. Build cabinsh together.
+Work together, and domn if they didn't get shmall pox and die
+together. Left me and Dannie. So we work together jish shame, and
+we fallsh in love with the shame girl. Dannie too slow. I got
+her." Jimmy wiped away great tears.
+
+"How did you get her, Jimmy?" asked a man who remembered a story.
+
+"How the nation did I get her?" Jimmy scratched his head, and
+appealed to the Thread Man. "Dannie besht man. Milesh besht man!
+Never lie--'cept for me. Never drink--'cept for me. Alwaysh save
+his money--'cept for me. Milesh besht man! Isn't he besht man,
+Spooley?"
+
+"Ain't it true that you served Dannie a mean little trick?" asked
+the man who remembered.
+
+Jimmy wasn't quite drunk enough, and the violent exercise of the
+dance somewhat sobered him. He glared at the man. "Whatsh you
+talkin' about?" he demanded.
+
+"I'm just asking you," said the man, "why, if you played straight
+with Dannie about the girl, you never have had the face to go to
+confession since you married her."
+
+"Alwaysh send my wife," said Jimmy grandly. "Domsh any woman that
+can't confiss enough for two!"
+
+Then he hitched his chair closer to the Thread Man, and grew more
+confidential. "Shee here," he said. "Firsht I see your pleated
+coat, didn't like. But head's all right. Great head! Sthuck on
+frillsh there! Want to be let in on something? Got enough city,
+clubsh, an' all that? Want to taste real thing? Lesh go coon
+huntin'. Theysh tree down Canoper, jish short pleashant walk, got
+fify coons in it! Nobody knowsh the tree but me, shee? Been good
+to ush boys. Sat on same kind of chairs we do. Educate ush up
+lot. Know mosht that poetry till I die, shee? `Wonner wash
+vinters buy, halfsh precious ash sthuff shell,' shee? I got it!
+Let you in on real thing. Take grand big coon skinch back to
+Boston with you. Ringsh on tail. Make wife fine muff, or fur
+trimmingsh. Good to till boysh at club about, shee?"
+
+"Are you asking me to go on a coon hunt with you?" demanded the
+Thread Man. "When? Where?"
+
+"Corshally invited," answered Jimmy. "To-morrow night. Canoper.
+Show you plashe. Bill Duke's dogs. My gunsh. Moonsh shinin'. Dogs
+howlin'. Shnow flying! Fify coonsh rollin' out one hole! Shoot
+all dead! Take your pick! Tan skin for you myself! Roaring big
+firesh warm by. Bag finesh sandwiches ever tasted. Milk pail pure
+gold drink. No stop, slop out going over bridge. Take jug. Big
+jug. Toss her up an' let her gurgle. Dogsh bark. Fire pop. Guns
+bang. Fifty coons drop. Boysh all go. Want to get more education.
+Takes culture to get woolsh off. Shay, will you go? "
+
+"I wouldn't miss it for a thousand dollars," said the Thread Man.
+"But what will I say to my house for being a day late?"
+
+"Shay gotter grip," suggested Jimmy. "Never too late to getter
+grip. Will you all go, boysh?"
+
+There were not three men in the saloon who knew of a tree that
+had contained a coon that winter, but Jimmy was Jimmy, and to be
+trusted for an expedition of that sort; and all of them agreed to
+be at the saloon ready for the hunt at nine o'clock the next
+night. The Thread Man felt that he was going to see Life. He
+immediately invited the boys to the bar to drink to the success
+of the hunt.
+
+"You shoot own coon yourself," offered the magnanimous Jimmy.
+"You may carrysh my gunsh, take first shot. First shot to Missher
+O'Khayam, boysh, 'member that. Shay, can you hit anything? Take a
+try now." Jimmy reached behind him, and shoved a big revolver
+into the hand of the Thread Man. "Whersh target?" he demanded.
+
+As he turned from the bar, the milk pail which he still carried
+under his arm caught on an iron rod. Jimmy gave it a jerk, and
+ripped the rim from the bottom. "Thish do," he said. "Splendid
+marksh. Shinesh jish like coon's eyesh in torch light."
+
+He carried the pail to the back wall and hung it over a nail. The
+nail was straight, and the pail flaring. The pail fell. Jimmy
+kicked it across the room, and then gathered it up, and drove a
+dent in it with his heel that would hold over the nail. Then he
+went back to the Thread Man." Theresh mark, Ruben. Blash away!"
+he said.
+
+The Boston man hesitated. "Whatsh the matter? Cansh shoot off
+nothing but your mouth?" demanded Jimmy. He caught the revolver
+and fired three shots so rapidly that the sounds came almost as
+one. Two bullets pierced the bottom of the pail, and the other
+the side as it fell.
+
+The door opened, and with the rush of cold air Jimmy gave just
+one glance toward it, and slid the revolver into his pocket,
+reached for his hat, and started in the direction of his coat.
+"Glad to see you, Micnoun," he said. "If you are goingsh home,
+I'll jish ride out with you. Good night, boysh. Don't forgetsh
+the coon hunt," and Jimmy was gone.
+
+A minute later the door opened again, and this time a man of
+nearly forty stepped inside. He had a manly form, and a manly
+face, was above the average in looks, and spoke with a slight
+Scotch accent.
+
+"Do any of ye boys happen to know what it was Jimmy had with him
+when he came in here?"
+
+A roar of laughter greeted the query. The Thread Man picked up
+the pail. As he handed it to Dannie, he said: "Mr. Malone said he
+was initiating a new milk pail, but I am afraid he has overdone
+the job."
+
+"Thank ye," said Dannie, and taking the battered thing, he went
+out into the night.
+
+Jimmy was asleep when he reached the buggy. Dannie had long since
+found it convenient to have no fence about his dooryard. He drove
+to the door, dragged Jimmy from the buggy, and stabled the horse.
+By hard work he removed Jimmy's coat and boots, laid him across
+the bed, and covered him. Then he grimly looked at the light in
+the next cabin. "Why doesna she go to bed?" he said. He summoned
+courage, and crossing the space between the two buildings, he
+tapped on the window. "It's me, Mary," he called. "The skins are
+only half done, and Jimmy is going to help me finish. He will
+come over in the morning. Ye go to bed. Ye needna be afraid. We
+will hear ye if ye even snore." There was no answer, but by a
+movement in the cabin Dannie knew that Mary was still dressed and
+waiting. He started back, but for an instant, heedless of the
+scurrying snow and biting cold, he faced the sky.
+
+"I wonder if ye have na found a glib tongue and light feet the
+least part o' matrimony," he said. "Why in God's name couldna ye
+have married me? I'd like to know why."
+
+As he closed the door, the cold air roused Jimmy.
+
+"Dannie," he said, "donsh forget the milk pail. All 'niciate good
+now."
+
+
+
+Chapter III
+
+THE FIFTY COONS OF THE CANOPER
+
+
+Near noon of the next day, Jimmy opened his eyes and stretched
+himself on Dannie's bed. It did not occur to him that he was
+sprawled across it in such a fashion that if Dannie had any sleep
+that night, he had taken it on chairs before the fireplace. At
+first Jimmy decided that he had a head on him, and would turn
+over and go back where he came from. Then he thought of the coon
+hunt, and sitting on the edge of the bed he laughed, as he looked
+about for his boots.
+
+"I am glad ye are feeling so fine," said Dannie at the door, in a
+relieved voice. "I had a notion that ye wad be crosser than a
+badger when ye came to."
+
+Jimmy laughed on.
+
+"What's the fun?" inquired Dannie.
+
+Jimmy thought hard a minute. Here was one instance where the
+truth would serve better than any invention, so he virtuously
+told Dannie all about it. Dannie thought of the lonely little
+woman next door, and rebelled.
+
+"But, Jimmy!" he cried, "ye canna be gone all nicht again. It's
+too lonely fra Mary, and there's always a chance I might sleep
+sound and wadna hear if she should be sick or need ye."
+
+"Then she can just yell louder, or come after you, or get well,
+for I am going, see? He was a thrid peddler in a dinky little
+pleated coat, Dannie. He laid up against the counter with his
+feet crossed at a dancing-girl angle. But I will say for him that
+he was running at the mouth with the finest flow of language I
+iver heard. I learned a lot of it, and Cap knows the stuff, and
+I'm goin' to have him get you the book. But, Dannie, he wouldn't
+drink with us, but he stayed to iducate us up a little. That
+little spool man, Dannie, iducatin' Jones of the gravel gang, and
+Bingham of the Standard, and York of the 'lectric railway, and
+Haines of the timber gang, not to mintion the champeen
+rat-catcher of the Wabash."
+
+Jimmy hugged himself, and rocked on the edge of the bed.
+
+"Oh, I can just see it, Dannie," he cried. "I can just see it
+now! I was pretty drunk, but I wasn't too drunk to think of it,
+and it came to me sudden like."
+
+Dannie stared at Jimmy wide-eyed, while he explained the details,
+and then he too began to laugh, and the longer he laughed the
+funnier it grew.
+
+"I've got to start," said Jimmy. "I've an awful afternoon's work.
+I must find him some rubber boots. He's to have the inestimable
+privilege of carryin' me gun, Dannie, and have the first shot at
+the coons, fifty, I'm thinkin' I said. And if I don't put some
+frills on his cute little coat! Oh, Dannie, it will break the
+heart of me if he don't wear that pleated coat!"
+
+Dannie wiped his eyes.
+
+"Come on to the kitchen," he said, "I've something ready fra ye
+to eat. Wash, while I dish it."
+
+"I wish to Heaven you were a woman, Dannie," said Jimmy. "A
+fellow could fall in love with you, and marry you with some
+satisfaction. Crimminy, but I'm hungry!"
+
+Jimmy ate greedily, and Dannie stepped about setting the cabin to
+rights. It lacked many feminine touches that distinguished
+Jimmy's as the abode of a woman; but it was neat and clean, and
+there seemed to be a place where everything belonged.
+
+"Now, I'm off," said Jimmy, rising. "I'll take your gun, because
+I ain't goin' to see Mary till I get back."
+
+"Oh, Jimmy, dinna do that!" pleaded Dannie. "I want my gun. Go
+and get your own, and tell her where ye are going and what ye are
+going to do. She'd feel less lonely."
+
+"I know how she would feel better than you do," retorted Jimmy.
+"I am not going. If you won't give me your gun, I'll borrow one;
+or have all my fun spoiled."
+
+Dannie took down the shining gun and passed it over. Jimmy
+instantly relented. He smiled an old boyish smile, that always
+caught Dannie in his softest spot.
+
+"You are the bist frind I have on earth, Dannie," he said
+winsomely. "You are a man worth tying to. By gum, there's NOTHING
+I wouldn't do for you! Now go on, like the good fellow you are,
+and fix it up with Mary."
+
+So Dannie started for the wood pile. In summer he could stand
+outside and speak through the screen. In winter he had to enter
+the cabin for errands like this, and as Jimmy's wood box was as
+heavily weighted on his mind as his own, there was nothing
+unnatural in his stamping snow on Jimmy's back stoop, and calling
+"Open!" to Mary at any hour of the day he happened to be passing
+the wood pile.
+
+He stood at a distance, and patiently waited until a gray and
+black nut-hatch that foraged on the wood covered all the new
+territory discovered by the last disturbance of the pile. From
+loosened bark Dannie watched the bird take several good-sized
+white worms and a few dormant ants. As it flew away he gathered
+an armload of wood. He was very careful to clean his feet on the
+stoop, place the wood without tearing the neat covering of wall
+paper, and brush from his coat the snow and moss so that it fell
+in the box. He had heard Mary tell the careless Jimmy to do all
+these things, and Dannie knew that they saved her work. There was
+a whiteness on her face that morning that startled him, and long
+after the last particle of moss was cleaned from his sleeve he
+bent over the box trying to get something said. The cleaning took
+such a length of time that the glint of a smile crept into the
+grave eyes of the woman, and the grim line of her lips softened.
+
+"Don't be feeling so badly about it, Dannie," she said. "I could
+have told you when you went after him last night that he would go
+back as soon as he wakened to-day. I know he is gone. I watched
+him lave."
+
+Dannie brushed the other sleeve, on which there had been nothing
+at the start, and answered: "Noo, dinna ye misjudge him, Mary.
+He's goin' to a coon hunt to-nicht. Dinna ye see him take my
+gun?"
+
+This evidence so bolstered Dannie that he faced Mary with
+confidence.
+
+"There's a traveling man frae Boston in town, Mary, and he was
+edifying the boys a little, and Jimmy dinna like it. He's going
+to show him a little country sport to-nicht to edify him."
+
+Dannie outlined the plan of Jimmy's campaign. Despite
+disapproval, and a sore heart, Mary Malone had to smile--perhaps
+as much over Dannie's eagerness in telling what was contemplated
+as anything.
+
+"Why don't you take Jimmy's gun and go yoursilf?" she asked. "You
+haven't had a day off since fishing was over."
+
+"But I have the work to do," replied Dannie, "and I couldna
+leave--" He broke off abruptly, but the woman supplied the word.
+
+"Why can't you lave me, if Jimmy can? I'm not afraid. The snow
+and the cold will furnish me protiction to-night. There'll be no
+one to fear. Why should you do Jimmy's work, and miss the sport,
+to guard the thing he holds so lightly?"
+
+The red flushed Dannie's cheeks. Mary never before had spoken
+like that. He had to say something for Jimmy quickly, and
+quickness was not his forte. His lips opened, but nothing came;
+for as Jimmy had boasted, Dannie never lied, except for him, and
+at those times he had careful preparation before he faced Mary.
+Now, he was overtaken unawares. He looked so boyish in his
+confusion, the mother in Mary's heart was touched.
+
+"I'll till you what we'll do, Dannie," she said. "You tind the
+stock, and get in wood enough so that things won't be frazin'
+here; and then you hitch up and I'll go with you to town, and
+stay all night with Mrs. Dolan. You can put the horse in my
+sister's stable, and whin you and Jimmy get back, you'll be tired
+enough that you'll be glad to ride home. A visit with Katie will
+be good for me; I have been blue the last few days, and I can see
+you are just aching to go with the boys. Isn't that a fine plan?"
+
+"I should say that IS a guid plan," answered the delighted
+Dannie. Anything to save Mary another night alone was good, and
+then--that coon hunt did sound alluring.
+
+And that was how it happened that at nine o'clock that night,
+just as arrangements were being completed at Casey's, Dannie
+Macnoun stepped into the group and said to the astonished Jimmy:
+"Mary wanted to come to her sister's over nicht, so I fixed
+everything, and I'm going to the coon hunt, too, if you boys want
+me."
+
+The crowd closed around Dannie, patted his back and cheered him,
+and he was introduced to Mister O'Khayam, of Boston, who tried to
+drown the clamor enough to tell what his name really was, "in
+case of accident"; but he couldn't be heard for Jimmy yelling
+that a good old Irish name like O'Khayam couldn't be beat in case
+of anything. And Dannie took a hasty glance at the Thread Man, to
+see if he wore that hated pleated coat, which lay at the bottom
+of Jimmy's anger.
+
+Then they started. Casey's wife was to be left in charge of the
+saloon, and the Thread Man half angered Casey by a whispered
+conversation with her in a corner. Jimmy cut his crowd as low as
+he possibly could, but it numbered fifteen men, and no one
+counted the dogs. Jimmy led the way, the Thread Man beside him,
+and the crowd followed. The walking would be best to follow the
+railroad to the Canoper, and also they could cross the railroad
+bridge over the river and save quite a distance.
+
+Jimmy helped the Thread Man into a borrowed overcoat and mittens,
+and loaded him with a twelve-pound gun, and they started. Jimmy
+carried a torch, and as torch bearer he was a rank failure, for
+he had a careless way of turning it and flashing it into people's
+faces that compelled them to jump to save themselves. Where the
+track lay clear and straight ahead the torch seemed to light it
+like day; but in dark places it was suddenly lowered or wavering
+somewhere else. It was through this carelessness of Jimmy's that
+at the first cattle-guard north of the village the torch
+flickered backward, ostensibly to locate Dannie, and the Thread
+Man went crashing down between the iron bars, and across the gun.
+Instantly Jimmy sprawled on top of him, and the next two men
+followed suit. The torch plowed into the snow and went out, and
+the yells of Jimmy alarmed the adjoining village.
+
+He was hurt the worst of all, and the busiest getting in marching
+order again. "Howly smoke!" he panted. "I was havin' the time of
+me life, and plum forgot that cow-kitcher. Thought it was a
+quarter of a mile away yet. And liked to killed meself with me
+carelessness. But that's always the way in true sport. You got to
+take the knocks with the fun." No one asked the Thread Man if he
+was hurt, and he did not like to seem unmanly by mentioning a
+skinned shin, when Jimmy Malone seemed to have bursted most of
+his inside; so he shouldered his gun and limped along, now
+slightly in the rear of Jimmy. The river bridge was a serious
+matter with its icy coat, and danger of specials, and the
+torches suddenly flashed out from all sides; and the Thread Man
+gave thanks for Dannie Macnoun, who reached him a steady hand
+across the ties. The walk was three miles, and the railroad lay
+at from twenty to thirty feet elevation along the river and
+through the bottom land. The Boston man would have been thankful
+for the light, but as the last man stepped from the ties of the
+bridge all the torches went out save one. Jimmy explained they
+simply had to save them so that they could see where the coon
+fell when they began to shake the coon tree.
+
+Just beside the water tank, and where the embankment was twenty
+feet sheer, Jimmy was cautioning the Boston man to look out, when
+the hunter next behind him gave a wild yell and plunged into his
+back. Jimmy's grab for him seemed more a push than a pull, and
+the three rolled to the bottom, and half way across the flooded
+ditch. The ditch was frozen over, but they were shaken, and
+smothered in snow. The whole howling party came streaming down
+the embankment. Dannie held aloft his torch and discovered Jimmy
+lying face down in a drift, making no effort to rise, and the
+Thread Man feebly tugging at him and imploring some one to come
+and help get Malone out. Then Dannie slunk behind the others and
+yelled until he was tired.
+
+By and by Jimmy allowed himself to be dragged out.
+
+"Who the thunder was that come buttin' into us?" he blustered. "I
+don't allow no man to butt into me when I'm on an imbankmint.
+Send the fool back here till I kill him."
+
+The Thread Man was pulling at Jimmy's arm. "Don't mind, Jimmy,"
+he gasped. "It was an accident! The man slipped. This is an awful
+place. I will be glad when we reach the woods. I'll feel safer
+with ground that's holding up trees under my feet. Come on, now!
+Are we not almost there? Should we not keep quiet from now on?
+Will we not alarm the coons?"
+
+"Sure," said Jimmy. "Boys, don't hollo so much. Every blamed coon
+will be scared out of its hollow!"
+
+"Amazing!" said the Thread Man. "How clever! Came on the spur of
+the moment. I must remember that to tell the Club. Do not hollo.
+Scare the coon out of its hollow!"
+
+"Oh, I do miles of things like that," said Jimmy dryly, "and
+mostly I have to do thim before the spur of the moment; because
+our moments go so domn fast out here mighty few of thim have time
+to grow their spurs before they are gone. Here's where we turn.
+Now, boys, they've been trying to get this biler across the
+tracks here, and they've broke the ice. The water in this ditch
+is three feet deep and freezing cold. They've stuck getting the
+biler over, but I wonder if we can't cross on it, and hit the
+wood beyond. Maybe we can walk it."
+
+Jimmy set a foot on the ice-covered boiler, howled, and fell back
+on the men behind him. "Jimminy crickets, we niver can do that!"
+he yelled. "It's a glare of ice and roundin'. Let's crawl through
+it! The rist of you can get through if I can. We'd better take
+off our overcoats, to make us smaller. We can roll thim into a
+bundle, and the last man can pull it through behind him."
+
+Jimmy threw off his coat and entered the wrecked oil engine. He
+knew how to hobble through on his toes, but the pleated coat of
+the Boston man, who tried to pass through by stooping, got almost
+all Jimmy had in store for it. Jimmy came out all right with a
+shout. The Thread Man did not step half so far, and landed knee
+deep in the icy oil-covered slush of the ditch. That threw him
+off his balance, and Jimmy let him sink one arm in the pool, and
+then grabbed him, and scooped oil on his back with the other hand
+as he pulled. During the excitement and struggles of Jimmy and
+the Thread Man, the rest of the party jumped the ditch and
+gathered about, rubbing soot and oil on the Boston man, and he
+did not see how they crossed.
+
+Jimmy continued to rub oil and soot into the hated coat
+industriously. The dogs leaped the ditch, and the instant they
+struck the woods broke away baying over fresh tracks. The men
+yelled like mad. Jimmy struggled into his overcoat, and helped
+the almost insane Boston man into his and then they hurried after
+the dogs.
+
+The scent was so new and clear the dogs simply raged. The Thread
+Man was wild, Jimmy was wilder, and the thirteen contributed all
+they could for laughing. Dannie forgot to be ashamed of himself
+and followed the example of the crowd. Deeper and deeper into the
+wild, swampy Canoper led the chase. With a man on either side to
+guide him into the deepest holes and to shove him into bushy
+thickets, the skinned, soot-covered, oil-coated Boston man toiled
+and sweated. He had no time to think, the excitement was so
+intense. He scrambled out of each pitfall set for him, and
+plunged into the next with such uncomplaining bravery that Dannie
+very shortly grew ashamed, and crowding up beside him he took the
+heavy gun and tried to protect him all he could without falling
+under the eye of Jimmy, who was keeping close watch on the Boston
+man.
+
+Wild yelling told that the dogs had treed, and with shaking
+fingers the Thread Man pulled off the big mittens he wore and
+tried to lift the gun. Jimmy flashed a torch, and sure enough, in
+the top of a medium hickory tree, the light was reflected in
+streams from the big shining eyes of a coon. "Treed!" yelled
+Jimmy frantically. "Treed! and big as an elephant. Company's
+first shot. Here, Mister O'Khayam, here's a good place to stand.
+Gee, what luck! Coon in sight first thing, and Mellen's food coon
+at that! Shoot, Mister O'Khayam, shoot!"
+
+The Thread Man lifted the wavering gun, but it was no use.
+
+"Tell you what, Ruben," said Jimmy. "You are too tired to shoot
+straight. Let's take a rist, and ate our lunch. Then we'll cut
+down the tree and let the dogs get cooney. That way there won't
+be any shot marks in his skin. What do you say? Is that a good
+plan?"
+
+They all said that was the proper course, so they built a fire,
+and placed the Thread Man where he could see the gleaming eyes of
+the frightened coon, and where all of them could feast on his
+soot and oil-covered face. Then they opened the bag and passed
+the sandwiches.
+
+"I really am hungry," said the weary Thread Man, biting into his
+with great relish. His jaws moved once or twice experimentally,
+and then he lifted his handkerchief to his lips.
+
+"I wish 'twas as big as me head," said Jimmy, taking a great
+bite, and then he began to curse uproariously.
+
+"What ails the things?" inquired Dannie, ejecting a mouthful. And
+then all of them began to spit birdshot, and started an inquest
+simultaneously. Jimmy raged. He swore some enemy had secured the
+bag and mined the feast; but the boys who knew him laughed until
+it seemed the Thread Man must suspect. He indignantly declared it
+was a dirty trick. By the light of the fire he knelt and tried
+to free one of the sandwiches from its sprinkling of birdshot, so
+that it would be fit for poor Jimmy, who had worked so hard to
+lead them there and tree the coon. For the first time Jimmy
+looked thoughtful.
+
+But the sight of the Thread Man was too much for him, and a
+second later he was thrusting an ax into the hands accustomed to
+handling a thread case. Then he led the way to the tree, and
+began chopping at the green hickory. It was slow work, and soon
+the perspiration streamed. Jimmy pulled off his coat and threw it
+aside. He assisted the Thread Man out of his and tossed it behind
+him. The coat alighted in the fire, and was badly scorched before
+it was rescued. But the Thread Man was game. Fifty times that
+night it had been said that he was to have the first coon, of
+course he should work for it. So with the ax with which Casey
+chopped ice for his refrigerator, the Boston man banged against
+the hickory, and swore to himself because he could not make the
+chips fly as Jimmy did.
+
+"Iverybody clear out!" cried Jimmy. "Number one is coming down.
+Get the coffee sack ready. Baste cooney over the head and shove
+him in before the dogs tear the skin. We want a dandy big pelt
+out of this!"
+
+There was a crack, and the tree fell with a crash. All the Boston
+man could see was that from a tumbled pile of branches, dogs, and
+men, some one at last stepped back, gripping a sack, and cried:
+"Got it all right, and it's a buster."
+
+"Now for the other forty-nine!" shouted Jimmy, straining into his
+coat.
+
+"Come on, boys, we must secure a coon for every one," cried the
+Thread Man, heartily as any member of the party might have said
+it. But the rest of the boys suddenly grew tired. They did not
+want any coons, and after some persuasion the party agreed to go
+back to Casey's to warm up. The Thread Man got into his scorched,
+besooted, oil-smeared coat, and the overcoat which had been
+loaned him, and shouldered the gun. Jimmy hesitated. But Dannie
+came up to the Boston man and said: "There's a place in my
+shoulder that gun juist fits, and it's lonesome without it. Pass
+it over." Only the sorely bruised and strained Thread Man knew
+how glad he was to let it go.
+
+It was Dannie, too, who whispered to the Thread Man to keep close
+behind him; and when the party trudged back to Casey's it was so
+surprising how much better he knew the way going back than Jimmy
+had known it coming out, that the Thread Man did remark about it.
+But Jimmy explained that after one had been out a few hours their
+eyes became accustomed to the darkness and they could see better.
+That was reasonable, for the Thread Man knew it was true in his
+own experience.
+
+So they got back to Casey's, and found a long table set, and a
+steaming big oyster supper ready for them; and that explained the
+Thread Man's conference with Mrs. Casey. He took the head of the
+table, with his back to the wall, and placed Jimmy on his right
+and Dannie on his left. Mrs. Casey had furnished soap and towels,
+and at least part of the Boston man's face was clean. The oysters
+were fine, and well cooked. The Thread Man recited more of the
+wonderful poem for Dannie's benefit, and told jokes and stories.
+They laughed until they were so weak they could only pound the
+table to indicate how funny it was. And at the close, just as
+they were making a movement to rise, Casey proposed that he bring
+in the coon, and let all of them get a good look at their night's
+work. The Thread Man applauded, and Casey brought in the bag and
+shook it bottom up over the floor. Therefrom there issued a poor,
+frightened, maltreated little pet coon of Mrs. Casey's, and it
+dexterously ran up Casey's trouser leg and hid its nose in his
+collar, its chain dragging behind. And that was so funny the boys
+doubled over the table, and laughed and screamed until a sudden
+movement brought them to their senses.
+
+The Thread Man was on his feet, and his eyes were no laughing
+matter. He gripped his chair back, and leaned toward Jimmy. "You
+walked me into that cattle-guard on purpose!" he cried.
+
+Silence.
+
+"You led me into that boiler, and fixed the oil at the end!"
+
+No answer.
+
+"You mauled me all over the woods, and loaded those sandwiches
+yourself, and sored me for a week trying to chop down a tree with
+a pet coon chained in it! You----! You----! What had I done to
+you?"
+
+"You wouldn't drink with me, and I didn't like the domned, dinky,
+little pleated coat you wore," answered Jimmy.
+
+One instant amazement held sway on the Thread Man's face; the
+next, "And damned if I like yours!" he cried, and catching up a
+bowl half filled with broth he flung it squarely into Jimmy's
+face.
+
+Jimmy, with a great oath, sprang at the Boston man. But once in
+his life Dannie was quick. For the only time on record he was
+ahead of Jimmy, and he caught the uplifted fist in a grip that
+Jimmy's use of whiskey and suffering from rheumatism had made his
+master.
+
+"Steady--Jimmy, wait a minute," panted Dannie. "This mon is na
+even wi' ye yet. When every muscle in your body is strained, and
+every inch of it bruised, and ye are daubed wi' soot, and
+bedraggled in oil, and he's made ye the laughin' stock fra
+strangers by the hour, ye will be juist even, and ready to talk
+to him. Every minute of the nicht he's proved himself a mon, and
+right now he's showed he's na coward. It's up to ye, Jimmy. Do it
+royal. Be as much of a mon as he is. Say ye are sorry!"
+
+One tense instant the two friends faced each other.
+
+Then Jimmy's fist unclenched, and his arms dropped. Dannie
+stepped back, trying to breathe lightly, and it was between Jimmy
+and the Thread Man.
+
+"I am sorry," said Jimmy. "I carried my objictions to your
+wardrobe too far. If you'll let me, I'll clean you up. If you'll
+take it, I'll raise you the price of a new coat, but I'll be domn
+if I'll hilp put such a man as you are into another of the
+fiminine ginder."
+
+The Thread Man laughed, and shook Jimmy's hand; and then Jimmy
+proved why every one liked him by turning to Dannie and taking
+his hand. "Thank you, Dannie," he said. "You sure hilped me to
+mesilf that time. If I'd hit him, I couldn't have hild up me head
+in the morning."
+
+
+
+Chapter IV
+
+WHEN THE KINGFISHER AND THE BLACK BASS CAME HOME
+
+
+"Crimminy, but you are slow." Jimmy made the statement, not as
+one voices a newly discovered fact, but as one iterates a
+time-worn truism. He sat on a girder of the Limberlost bridge,
+and scraped the black muck from his boots in a little heap. Then
+he twisted a stick into the top of his rat sack, preparatory to
+his walk home. The ice had broken on the river, and now the
+partners had to separate at the bridge, each following his own
+line of traps to the last one, and return to the bridge so that
+Jimmy could cross to reach home. Jimmy was always waiting, after
+the river opened, and it was a remarkable fact to him that as
+soon as the ice was gone his luck failed him. This evening the
+bag at his feet proved by its bulk that it contained just about
+one-half the rats Dannie carried.
+
+"I must set my traps in my own way," answered Dannie calmly. "If
+I stuck them into the water ony way and went on, so would the
+rats. A trap is no a trap unless it is concealed."
+
+"That's it! Go on and give me a sarmon!" urged Jimmy derisively.
+"Who's got the bulk of the rats all winter? The truth is that my
+side of the river is the best catching in the extrame cold, and
+you get the most after the thaws begin to come. The rats seem to
+have a lot of burrows and shift around among thim. One time I'm
+ahead, and the nixt day they go to you: But it don't mane that
+you are any better TRAPPER than I am. I only got siven to-night.
+That's a sweet day's work for a whole man. Fifteen cints apace
+for sivin rats. I've a big notion to cut the rat business, and
+compete with Rocky in ile."
+
+Dannie laughed. "Let's hurry home, and get the skinning over
+before nicht," he said. "I think the days are growing a little
+longer. I seem to scent spring in the air to-day."
+
+Jimmy looked at Dannie's mud-covered, wet clothing, his blood-
+stained mittens and coat back, and the dripping bag he had rested
+on the bridge. "I've got some music in me head, and some action
+in me feet," he said, "but I guess God forgot to put much
+sintimint into me heart. The breath of spring niver got so strong
+with me that I could smell it above a bag of muskrats and me
+trappin' clothes."
+
+He arose, swung his bag to his shoulder, and together they left
+the bridge, and struck the road leading to Rainbow Bottom. It was
+late February. The air was raw,and the walking heavy. Jimmy saw
+little around him, and there was little Dannie did not see. To
+him, his farm, the river, and the cabins in Rainbow Bottom meant
+all there was of life, for all he loved on earth was there. But
+loafing in town on rainy days, when Dannie sat with a book;
+hearing the talk at Casey's, at the hotel, and on the streets,
+had given Jimmy different views of life, and made his lot seem
+paltry compared with that of men who had greater possessions. On
+days when Jimmy's luck was bad, or when a fever of thirst burned
+him, he usually discoursed on some sort of intangible experience
+that men had, which he called "seeing life." His rat bag was
+unusually light that night, and in a vague way he connected it
+with the breaking up of the ice. When the river lay solid he
+usually carried home just twice the rats Dannie had, and as he
+had patronized Dannie all his life, it fretted Jimmy to be
+behind even one day at the traps.
+
+"Be Jasus, I get tired of this!" he said. "Always and foriver the
+same thing. I kape goin' this trail so much that I've got a
+speakin' acquaintance with meself. Some of these days I'm goin'
+to take a trip, and have a little change. I'd like to see
+Chicago, and as far west as the middle, anyway."
+
+"Well, ye canna go," said Dannie. "Ye mind the time when ye were
+married, and I thought I'd be best away, and packed my trunk?
+When ye and Mary caught me, ye got mad as fire, and she cried,
+and I had to stay. Just ye try going, and I'll get mad, and Mary
+will cry, and ye will stay at home, juist like I did."
+
+There was a fear deep in Dannie's soul that some day Jimmy would
+fulfill this long-time threat of his. "I dinna think there is ony
+place in all the world so guid as the place ye own," Dannie said
+earnestly. "I dinna care a penny what anybody else has, probably
+they have what they want. What _I_ want is the land that my
+feyther owned before me, and the house that my mither kept. And
+they'll have to show me the place they call Eden before I'll give
+up that it beats Rainbow Bottom--Summer, Autumn, or Winter. I
+dinna give twa hoops fra the palaces men rig up, or the thing
+they call `landscape gardening'. When did men ever compete with
+the work of God? All the men that have peopled the earth since
+time began could have their brains rolled into one, and he would
+stand helpless before the anatomy of one of the rats in these
+bags. The thing God does is guid enough fra me."
+
+"Why don't you take a short cut to the matin'-house?" inquired
+Jimmy.
+
+"Because I wad have nothing to say when I got there," retorted
+Dannie. "I've a meetin'-house of my ain, and it juist suits me;
+and I've a God, too, and whether He is spirit or essence, He
+suits me. I dinna want to be held to sharper account than He
+faces me up to, when I hold communion with mesel'. I dinna want
+any better meetin'-house than Rainbow Bottom. I dinna care for
+better talkin' than the `tongues in the trees'; sounder preachin'
+than the `sermons in the stones'; finer readin' than the books in
+the river; no, nor better music than the choir o' the birds, each
+singin' in its ain way fit to burst its leetle throat about the
+mate it won, the nest they built, and the babies they are
+raising. That's what I call the music o' God, spontaneous, and
+the soul o' joy. Give it me every time compared with notes frae a
+book. And all the fine places that the wealth o' men ever evolved
+winna begin to compare with the work o' God, and I've got that
+around me every day."
+
+"But I want to see life," wailed Jimmy.
+
+"Then open your eyes, mon, fra the love o' mercy, open your eyes!
+There's life sailing over your heid in that flock o' crows going
+home fra the night. Why dinna ye, or some other mon, fly like
+that? There's living roots, and seeds, and insects, and worms by
+the million wherever ye are setting foot. Why dinna ye creep into
+the earth and sleep through the winter, and renew your life with
+the spring? The trouble with ye, Jimmy, is that ye've always
+followed your heels. If ye'd stayed by the books, as I begged ye,
+there now would be that in your heid that would teach ye that the
+old story of the Rainbow is true. There is a pot of gold, of the
+purest gold ever smelted, at its foot, and we've been born, and
+own a good living richt there. An' the gold is there; that I
+know, wealth to shame any bilious millionaire, and both of us
+missing the pot when we hold the location. Ye've the first
+chance, mon, fra in your life is the great prize mine will
+forever lack. I canna get to the bottom of the pot, but I'm going
+to come close to it as I can; and as for ye, empty it! Take it
+all! It's yours! It's fra the mon who finds it, and we own the
+location."
+
+"Aha! We own the location," repeated Jimmy. "I should say we do!
+Behold our hotbed of riches! I often lay awake nights thinkin'
+about my attachmint to the place.
+
+
+"How dear to me heart are the scanes of me childhood,
+Fondly gaze on the cabin where I'm doomed to dwell,
+Those chicken-coop, thim pig-pen, these highly piled-wood
+Around which I've always raised Hell."
+
+
+Jimmy turned in at his own gate, while Dannie passed to the
+cabin beyond. He entered, set the dripping rat bag in a tub,
+raked open the buried fire and threw on a log. He always ate at
+Jimmy's when Jimmy was at home, so there was no supper to get. He
+went out to the barn, wading mud ankle deep, fed and bedded his
+horses, and then went over to Jimmy's barn, and completed his
+work up to milking. Jimmy came out with the pail, and a very
+large hole in the bottom of it was covered with dried dough.
+Jimmy looked at it disapprovingly.
+
+"I bought a new milk pail the other night. I know I did," he
+said. "Mary was kicking for one a month ago, and I went after it
+the night I met Ruben O'Khayam. Now what the nation did I do with
+that pail?"
+
+"I have wondered mysel'," answered Dannie, as he leaned over and
+lifted a strange looking object from a barrel. "This is what ye
+brought home, Jimmy."
+
+Jimmy stared at the shining, battered, bullet-punctured pail in
+amazement. Slowly he turned it over and around, and then he
+lifted bewildered eyes to Dannie.
+
+"Are you foolin'?" he asked. "Did I bring that thing home in that
+shape?"
+
+"Honest!" said Dannie.
+
+"I remember buyin' it," said Jimmy slowly. "I remember hanging on
+to it like grim death, for it was the wan excuse I had for goin',
+but I don't just know how--!" Slowly he revolved the pail, and
+then he rolled over in the hay and laughed until he was tired.
+Then he sat up and wiped his eyes. "Great day! What a lot of fun
+I must have had before I got that milk pail into that shape," he
+said. "Domned if I don't go straight to town and buy another one;
+yes, bedad! I'll buy two!"
+
+In the meantime Dannie milked, fed and watered the cattle, and
+Jimmy picked up the pail of milk and carried it to the house.
+Dannie came by the wood pile and brought in a heavy load. Then
+they washed, and sat down to supper.
+
+"Seems to me you look unusually perky," said Jimmy to his wife.
+"Had any good news?"
+
+"Splendid!" said Mary. "I am so glad! And I don't belave you two
+stupids know!"
+
+"You niver can tell by lookin' at me what I know," said Jimmy.
+"Whin I look the wisest I know the least. Whin I look like a
+fool, I'm thinkin' like a philosopher."
+
+"Give it up," said Dannie promptly. You would not catch him
+knowing anything it would make Mary's eyes shine to tell.
+
+"Sap is running!" announced Mary.
+
+"The Divil you say!" cried Jimmy.
+
+"It is!" beamed Mary. "It will be full in three days. Didn't you
+notice how green the maples are? I took a little walk down to the
+bottom to-day. I niver in all my life was so tired of winter, and
+the first thing I saw was that wet look on the maples, and on the
+low land, where they are sheltered and yet get the sun, several
+of them are oozing!"
+
+"Grand!" cried Dannie. "Jimmy, we must peel those rats in a
+hurry, and then clean the spiles, and see how mony new ones we
+will need. To-morrow we must come frae the traps early and look
+up our troughs."
+
+"Oh, for pity sake, don't pile up work enough to kill a horse,"
+cried Jimmy. "Ain't you ever happy unless you are workin'?"
+
+"Yes," said Dannie. "Sometimes I find a book that suits me, and
+sometimes the fish bite, and sometimes it's in the air."
+
+"Git the condinser" said Jimmy. "And that reminds me, Mary,
+Dannie smelled spring in the air to-day."
+
+"Well, what if he did?" questioned Mary. "I can always smell it.
+A little later, when the sap begins to run in all the trees, and
+the buds swell, and the ice breaks up, and the wild geese go
+over, I always scent spring; and when the catkins bloom, then it
+comes strong, and I just love it. Spring is my happiest time. I
+have more news, too!"
+
+"Don't spring so much at wance!" cried Jimmy, "you'll spoil my
+appetite."
+
+"I guess there's no danger," replied Mary.
+
+"There is," said Jimmy. "At laste in the fore siction. `Appe' is
+Frinch, and manes atin'. `Tite' is Irish, and manes drinkin'.
+Appetite manes atin' and drinkin' togither. `Tite' manes drinkin'
+without atin', see?"
+
+"I was just goin' to mintion it meself," said Mary, "it's where
+you come in strong. There's no danger of anybody spoilin' your
+drinkin', if they could interfere with your atin'. You guess,
+Dannie."
+
+"The dominick hen is setting," ventured Dannie, and Mary's face
+showed that he had blundered on the truth.
+
+"She is," affirmed Mary, pouring the tea, "but it is real mane of
+you to guess it, when I've so few new things to tell. She has
+been setting two days, and she went over fifteen fresh eggs
+to-day. In just twinty-one days I will have fiftane the
+cunningest little chickens you ever saw, and there is more yet. I
+found the nest of the gray goose, and there are three big eggs in
+it, all buried in feathers. She must have stripped her breast
+almost bare to cover them. And I'm the happiest I've been all
+winter. I hate the long, lonely, shut-in time. I am going on a
+delightful spree. I shall help boil down sugar-water and make
+maple syrup. I shall set hins, and geese, and turkeys. I shall
+make soap, and clane house, and plant seed, and all my flowers
+will bloom again. Goody for summer; it can't come too soon to
+suit me."
+
+"Lord! I don't see what there is in any of those things," said
+Jimmy. "I've got just one sign of spring that interests me. If
+you want to see me caper, somebody mention to me the first rattle
+of the Kingfisher. Whin he comes home, and house cleans in his
+tunnel in the embankment, and takes possession of his stump in
+the river, the nixt day the Black Bass locates in the deep water
+below the shoals. THIN you can count me in. There is where
+business begins for Jimmy boy. I am going to have that Bass this
+summer, if I don't plant an acre of corn."
+
+"I bet you that's the truth!" said Mary, so quickly that both men
+laughed.
+
+"Ahem!" said Dannie. "Then I will have to do my plowing by a
+heidlicht, so I can fish as much as ye do in the day time. I
+hereby make, enact, and enforce a law that neither of us is to
+fish in the Bass hole when the other is not there to fish also.
+That is the only fair way. I've as much richt to him as ye have."
+
+"Of course!" said Mary. "That is a fair way. Make that a rule,
+and kape it. If you both fish at once, it's got to be a fair
+catch for the one that lands it; but whoever catches it, _I_
+shall ate it, so it don't much matter to me."
+
+"You ate it!" howled Jimnmy. "I guess not. Not a taste of that
+fish, when he's teased me for years? He's as big as a whale. If
+Jonah had had the good fortune of falling in the Wabash, and
+being swallowed by the Black Bass, he could have ridden from Peru
+to Terre Haute, and suffered no inconvanience makin' a landin'.
+Siven pounds he'll weigh by the steelyard I'll wager you."
+
+"Five, Jimmy, five," corrected Dannie.
+
+"Siven!" shouted Jimmy. " Ain't I hooked him repeated? Ain't I
+seen him broadside? I wonder if thim domn lines of mine have gone
+and rotted."
+
+He left his supper, carrying his chair, and standing on it he
+began rummaging the top shelf of the cupboard for his box of
+tackle. He knocked a bottle from the shelf, but caught it in
+mid-air with a dexterous sweep.
+
+"Spirits are movin'," cried Jimmy, as he restored the camphor to
+its place. He carried the box to the window, and became so deeply
+engrossed in its contents that he did not notice when Dannie
+picked up his rat bag and told him to come on and help skin their
+day's catch. Mary tried to send him, and he was going in a
+minute, but the minute stretched and stretched, and both of them
+were surprised when the door opened and Dannie entered with an
+armload of spiles, and the rat-skinning was all over. So Jimmy
+went on unwinding lines, and sharpening hooks, and talking fish;
+while Dannie and Mary cleaned the spiles, and figured on how many
+new elders must be cut and prepared for more on the morrow; and
+planned the sugar making.
+
+When it was bedtime, and Dannie had gone an Jimmy and Mary closed
+their cabin for the night, Mary stepped to the window that looked
+on Dannie's home to see if his light was burning. It was, and
+clear in its rays stood Dannie, stripping yard after yard of fine
+line through his fingers, and carefully examining it. Jimmy came
+and stood beside her as she wondered.
+
+"Why, the domn son of the Rainbow," he cried, "if he ain't
+testing his fish lines!"
+
+The next day Mary Malone was rejoicing when the men returned from
+trapping, and gathering and cleaning the sugar-water troughs.
+There had been a robin at the well.
+
+"Kape your eye on, Mary" advised Jimmy. "If she ain't watched
+close from this time on, she'll be settin' hins in snowdrifts,
+and pouring biling water on the daffodils to sprout them."
+
+On the first of March, five killdeers flew over in a flock, and a
+half hour later one straggler crying piteously followed in their
+wake.
+
+"Oh, the mane things!" almost sobbed Mary. "Why don't they wait
+for it?"
+
+She stood by a big kettle of boiling syrup at the sugar camp,
+almost helpless in Jimmy's boots and Dannie's great coat. Jimmy
+cut and carried wood, and Dannie hauled sap. All the woods were
+stirred by the smell of the curling smoke and the odor of the
+boiling sap, fine as the fragrance of flowers. Bright-eyed deer
+mice peeped at her from under old logs, the chickadees,
+nuthatches, and jays started an investigating committee to learn
+if anything interesting to them was occurring. One gayly-dressed
+little sapsucker hammered a tree near by and scolded vigorously.
+
+"Right you are!" said Mary. "It's a pity you're not big enough to
+drive us from the woods, for into one kittle goes enough sap to
+last you a lifetime."
+
+The squirrels were sure it was an intrusion, and raced among the
+branches overhead, barking loud defiance. At night the three rode
+home on the sled, with the syrup jugs beside them, and Mary's
+apron was filled with big green rolls of pungent woolly-dog moss.
+
+Jimmy built the fires, Dannie fed the stock, and Mary cooked the
+supper. When it was over, while the men warmed chilled feet and
+fingers by the fire, Mary poured some syrup into a kettle, and
+just as it "sugared off" she dipped streams of the amber
+sweetness into cups of water. All of them ate it like big
+children, and oh, but it was good! Two days more of the same work
+ended sugar making, but for the next three days Dannie gathered
+the rapidly diminishing sap for the vinegar barrel.
+
+Then there were more hens ready to set, water must be poured
+hourly into the ash hopper to start the flow of lye for soap
+making, and the smoke house must be gotten ready to cure the hams
+and pickled meats, so that they would keep during warm weather.
+The bluebells were pushing through the sod in a race with the
+Easter and star flowers. One morning Mary aroused Jimmy with a
+pull at his arm.
+
+"Jimmy, Jimmy," she cried. "Wake up!"
+
+"Do you mane, wake up, or get up?" asked Jimmy sleepily.
+
+"Both," cried Mary. "The larks are here!"
+
+A little later Jimmy shouted from the back door to the barn:
+"Dannie, do you hear the larks?"
+
+"Ye bet I do," answered Dannie. "Heard ane goin' over in the
+nicht. How long is it now till the Kingfisher comes?"
+
+"Just a little while," said Jimmy. "If only these March storms
+would let up 'stid of down! He can't come until he can fish, you
+know. He's got to have crabs and minnies to live on."
+
+A few days later the green hylas began to pipe in the swamps, the
+bullfrogs drummed among the pools in the bottom, the doves cooed
+in the thickets, and the breath of spring was in the nostrils of
+all creation, for the wind was heavy with the pungent odor of
+catkin pollen. The spring flowers were two inches high. The
+peonies and rhubarb were pushing bright yellow and red cones
+through the earth. The old gander, leading his flock along the
+Wabash, had hailed passing flocks bound northward until he was
+hoarse; and the Brahma rooster had threshed the yellow dorkin
+until he took refuge under the pig pen, and dare not stick out
+his unprotected head.
+
+The doors had stood open at supper time, and Dannie staid up
+late, mending and oiling the harness. Jimmy sat by cleaning his
+gun, for to his mortification he had that day missed killing a
+crow which stole from the ash hopper the egg with which Mary
+tested the strength of the lye. In a basket behind the kitchen
+stove fifteen newly hatched yellow chickens, with brown stripes
+on their backs, were peeping and nestling; and on wing the
+killdeers cried half the night. At two o'clock in the morning
+came a tap on the Malone's bedroom window.
+
+"Dannie?" questioned Mary, half startled.
+
+"Tell Jimmy!" cried Dannie's breathless voice outside. "Tell him
+the Kingfisher has juist struck the river!"
+
+Jimmy sat straight up in bed.
+
+"Then glory be!" he cried. "To-morrow the Black Bass comes home!"
+
+
+
+Chapter V
+
+WHEN THE RAINBOW SET ITS ARCH IN THE SKY
+
+
+"Where did Jimmy go?" asked Mary.
+
+Jimmy had been up in time to feed the chickens and carry in the
+milk, but he disappeared shortly after breakfast.
+
+Dannie almost blushed as he answered: "He went to take a peep at
+the river. It's going down fast. When it gets into its regular
+channel, spawning will be over and the fish will come back to
+their old places. We figure that the Black Bass will be home
+to-day."
+
+"When you go digging for bait," said Mary, "I wonder if the two
+of you could make it convanient to spade an onion bed. If I had
+it spaded I could stick the sets mesilf."
+
+"Now, that amna fair, Mary," said Dannie. "We never went fishing
+till the garden was made, and the crops at least wouldna suffer.
+We'll make the beds, of course, juist as soon as they can be
+spaded, and plant the seed, too."
+
+"I want to plant the seeds mesilf," said Mary.
+
+"And we dinna want ye should," replied Dannie. "All we want ye to
+do, is to boss."
+
+"But I'm going to do the planting mesilf," Mary was emphatic. "It
+will be good for me to be in the sunshine, and I do enjoy working
+in the dirt, so that for a little while I'm happy."
+
+"If ye want to put the onions in the highest place, I should
+think I could spade ane bed now, and enough fra lettuce and
+radishes."
+
+Dannie went after a spade, and Mary Malone laughed softly as she
+saw that he also carried an old tin can. He tested the earth in
+several places, and then called to her: "All right, Mary! Ground
+in prime shape. Turns up dry and mellow. We will have the garden
+started in no time."
+
+He had spaded but a minute when Mary saw him run past the window,
+leap the fence, and go hurrying down the path to the river. She
+went to the door. At the head of the lane stood Jimmy, waving his
+hat, and the fresh morning air carried his cry clearly: "Gee,
+Dannie! Come hear him splash!"
+
+Just why that cry, and the sight of Dannie Macnoun racing toward
+the river, his spade lying on the upturned earth of her scarcely
+begun onion bed, should have made her angry, it would be hard to
+explain. He had no tackle or bait, and reason easily could have
+told her that he would return shortly, and finish anything she
+wanted done; but when was a lonely, disappointed woman ever
+reasonable?
+
+She set the dish water on the stove, wiped her hands on her
+apron, and walking to the garden, picked up the spade and began
+turning great pieces of earth. She had never done rough farm
+work, such as women all about her did; she had little exercise
+during the long, cold winter, and the first half dozen spadefuls
+tired her until the tears of self-pity rolled.
+
+"I wish there was a turtle as big as a wash tub in the river" she
+sobbed, "and I wish it would eat that old Black Bass to the last
+scale. And I'm going to take the shotgun, and go over to the
+embankment, and poke it into the tunnel, and blow the old
+Kingfisher through into the cornfield. Then maybe Dannie won't go
+off too and leave me. I want this onion bed spaded right away, so
+I do."
+
+"Drop that! Idjit! What you doing?" yelled Jimmy.
+
+"Mary, ye goose!" panted Dannie, as he came hurrying across the
+yard. "Wha' do ye mean? Ye knew I'd be back in a minute! Jimmy
+juist called me to hear the Bass splash. I was comin' back. Mary,
+this amna fair."
+
+Dannie took the spade from her hand, and Mary fled sobbing to the
+house.
+
+"What's the row?" demanded Jimmy of the suffering Dannie.
+
+"I'd juist started spadin' this onion bed," explained Dannie. "Of
+course, she thought we were going to stay all day."
+
+"With no poles, and no bait, and no grub? She didn't think any
+such a domn thing," said Jimmy. "You don't know women! She just
+got to the place where it's her time to spill brine, and raise a
+rumpus about something, and aisy brathin' would start her. Just
+let her bawl it out, and thin--we'll get something dacent for
+dinner."
+
+Dannie turned a spadeful of earth and broke it open, and Jimmy
+squatted by the can, and began picking out the angle worms.
+
+"I see where we dinna fish much this summer," said Dannie, as he
+waited. "And where we fish close home when we do, and where all
+the work is done before we go."
+
+"Aha, borrow me rose-colored specks!" cried Jimmy. "I don't see
+anything but what I've always seen. I'll come and go as I please,
+and Mary can do the same. I don't throw no `jeminy fit' every
+time a woman acts the fool a little, and if you'd lived with one
+fiftane years you wouldn't either. Of course we'll make the
+garden. Wish to goodness it was a beer garden! Wouldn't I like to
+plant a lot of hop seed and see rows of little green beer bottles
+humpin' up the dirt. Oh, my! What all does she want done?"
+
+Dannie turned another spadeful of earth and studied the premises,
+while Jimmy gathered the worms.
+
+"Palins all on the fence?" asked Dannie.
+
+"Yep," said Jimmy.
+
+"Well, the yard is to be raked."
+
+"Yep."
+
+"The flooer beds spaded."
+
+"Yep."
+
+"Stones around the peonies, phlox, and hollyhocks raised and
+manure worked in. All the trees must be pruned, the bushes and
+vines trimmed, and the gooseberries, currants, and raspberries
+thinned. The strawberry bed must be fixed up, and the rhubarb and
+asparagus spaded around and manured. This whole garden must be
+made----"
+
+"And the road swept, and the gate sandpapered, and the barn
+whitewashed! Return to grazing, Nebuchadnezzar," said Jimmy. "We
+do what's raisonable, and then we go fishin'. See?"
+
+Three beds spaded, squared, and ready for seeding lay in the warm
+spring sunshine before noon. Jimmy raked the yard, and Dannie
+trimmed the gooseberries. Then he wheeled a barrel of swamp loam
+for a flower bed by the cabin wall, and listened intently between
+each shovelful he threw. He could not hear a sound. What was
+more, he could not bear it. He went to Jimmy.
+
+"Say, Jimmy," he said. "Dinna ye have to gae in fra a drink?"
+
+"House or town?" inquired Jimmy sweetly.
+
+"The house!" exploded Dannie. "I dinna hear a sound yet. Ye gae
+in fra a drink, and tell Mary I want to know where she'd like the
+new flooer bed she's been talking about."
+
+Jimmy leaned the rake against a tree, and started.
+
+"And Jimmy," said Dannie. "If she's quit crying, ask her what was
+the matter. I want to know."
+
+Jimmy vanished. Presently he passed Dannie where he worked.
+
+"Come on," whispered Jimmy.
+
+The bewildered Dannie followed. Jimmy passed the wood pile, and
+pig pen, and slunk around behind the barn, where he leaned
+against the logs and held his sides. Dannie stared at him.
+
+"She says," wheezed Jimmy, "that she guesses SHE wanted to go and
+hear the Bass splash, too!"
+
+Dannie's mouth fell open, and then closed with a snap.
+
+"Us fra the fool killer!" he said. "Ye dinna let her see ye
+laugh?"
+
+"Let her see me laugh!" cried Jimmy. "Let her see me laugh! I
+told her she wasn't to go for a few days yet, because we were
+sawin' the Kingfisher's stump up into a rustic sate for her, and
+we were goin' to carry her out to it, and she was to sit there
+and sew, and umpire the fishin', and whichiver bait she told the
+Bass to take, that one of us would be gettin' it. And she was
+pleased as anything, me lad, and now it's up to us to rig up some
+sort of a dacint sate, and tag a woman along half the time. You
+thick-tongued descindint of a bagpipe baboon, what did you sind
+me in there for?"
+
+"Maybe a little of it will tire her," groaned Dannie.
+
+"It will if she undertakes to follow me," Jimmy said. "I know
+where horse-weeds grow giraffe high."
+
+Then they went back to work, and presently many savory odors
+began to steal from the cabin. Whereat Jimmy looked at Dannie,
+and winked an `I-told-you-so' wink. A garden grows fast under the
+hands of two strong men really working, and by the time the first
+slice of sugar-cured ham from the smoke house for that season
+struck the sizzling skillet, and Mary very meekly called from the
+back door to know if one of them wanted to dig a little horse
+radish, the garden was almost ready for planting. Then they went
+into the cabin and ate fragrant, thick slices of juicy fried ham,
+seasoned with horse radish; fried eggs, freckled with the ham fat
+in which they were cooked; fluffy mashed potatoes, with a little
+well of melted butter in the center of the mound overflowing the
+sides; raisin pie, soda biscuit, and their own maple syrup.
+
+"Ohumahoh!" said Jimmy. "I don't know as I hanker for city life
+so much as I sometimes think I do. What do you suppose the
+adulterated stuff we read about in papers tastes like?"
+
+"I've often wondered," answered Dannie. "Look at some of the hogs
+and cattle that we see shipped from here to city markets. The
+folks that sell them would starve before they'd eat a bit o'
+them, yet somebody eats them, and what do ye suppose maple syrup
+made from hickory bark and brown sugar tastes like?"
+
+"And cold-storage eggs, and cotton-seed butter, and even horse
+radish half turnip," added Mary. "Bate up the cream a little
+before you put it in your coffee, or it will be in lumps. Whin
+the cattle are on clover it raises so thick."
+
+Jimmy speared a piece of salt-rising bread crust soaked in ham
+gravy made with cream, and said: "I wish I could bring that Thrid
+Man home with me to one meal of the real thing nixt time he
+strikes town. I belave he would injoy it. May I, Mary?"
+
+Mary's face flushed slightly. "Depends on whin he comes, she
+said. "Of course, if I am cleaning house, or busy with something
+I can't put off----"
+
+"Sure!" cried Jimmy. "I'd ask you before I brought him, because
+I'd want him to have something spicial. Some of this ham, and
+horse radish, and maple syrup to begin with, and thin your fried
+spring chicken and your stewed squirrel is a drame, Mary. Nobody
+iver makes turtle soup half so rich as yours, and your green peas
+in cream, and asparagus on toast is a rivilation--don't you
+rimimber 'twas Father Michael that said it? I ought to be able to
+find mushrooms in a few weeks, and I can taste your rhubarb pie
+over from last year. Gee! But I wish he'd come in strawberrying!
+Berries from the vines, butter in the crust, crame you have to
+bate to make it smooth--talk about shortcake!"
+
+"What's wrong wi' cherry cobbler?" asked Dannie.
+
+"Or blackberry pie?"
+
+"Or greens cooked wi' bacon?"
+
+"Or chicken pie?"
+
+"Or catfish, rolled in cornmeal and fried in ham fat?"
+
+"Or guineas stewed in cream, with hard-boiled eggs in the gravy?"
+
+"Oh, stop!" cried the delighted Mary. "It makes me dead tired
+thinkin' how I'll iver be cookin' all you'll want. Sure, have him
+come, and both of you can pick out the things you like the best,
+and I'll fix thim for him. Pure, fresh stuff might be a trate to
+a city man. When Dolan took sister Katie to New York with him,
+his boss sent them to a five-dollar-a-day house, and they thought
+they was some up. By the third day poor Katie was cryin' for a
+square male. She couldn't touch the butter, the eggs made her
+sick, and the cold-storage meat and chicken never got nearer her
+stomach than her nose. So she just ate fish, because they were
+fresh, and she ate, and she ate, till if you mintion New York to
+poor Katie she turns pale, and tastes fish. She vows and declares
+that she feeds her chickens and hogs better food twice a day than
+people fed her in New York."
+
+"I'll bet my new milk pail the grub we eat ivery day would be a
+trate that would raise him," said Jimmy. "Provided his taste
+ain't so depraved with saltpeter and chalk he don't know fresh,
+pure food whin he tastes it. I understand some of the victims
+really don't."
+
+"Your new milk pail?" questioned Mary.
+
+"That's what!" said Jimmy." The next time I go to town I'm goin'
+to get you two."
+
+"But I only need one," protested Mary. "Instead of two, get me a
+new dishpan. Mine leaks, and smears the stove and table."
+
+"Be Gorry!" sighed Jimmy. "There goes me tongue, lettin' me in
+for it again. I'll look over the skins, and if any of thim are
+ripe, I'll get you a milk pail and a dishpan the nixt time I go
+to town. And, by gee! If that dandy big coon hide I got last fall
+looks good, I'm going to comb it up, and work the skin fine, and
+send it to the Thrid Man, with me complimints. I don't feel right
+about him yet. Wonder what his name railly is, and where he
+lives, or whether I killed him complate."
+
+"Any dry goods man in town can tell ye," said Dannie.
+
+"Ask the clerk in the hotel," suggested Mary.
+
+"You've said it," cried Jimmy. "That's the stuff! And I can find
+out whin he will be here again."
+
+Two hours more they faithfully worked on the garden, and then
+Jimmy began to grow restless.
+
+"Ah, go on!" cried Mary. "You have done all that is needed just
+now, and more too. There won't any fish bite to-day, but you can
+have the pleasure of stringin' thim poor sufferin' worms on a
+hook and soaking thim in the river."
+
+"`Sufferin' worms!' Sufferin' Job!" cried Jimmy. "What nixt? Go
+on, Dannie, get your pole!"
+
+Dannie went. As he came back Jimmy was sprinkling a thin layer of
+earth over the bait in the can. "Why not come along, Mary?" he
+suggested.
+
+"I'm not done planting my seeds," she answered. "I'll be tired
+when I am, and I thought that place wasn't fixed for me yet."
+
+"We can't fix that till a little later," said Jimmy. "We can't
+tell where it's going to be grassy and shady yet, and the wood is
+too wet to fix a sate."
+
+"Any kind of a sate will do," said Mary. "I guess you better not
+try to make one out of the Kingfisher stump. If you take it out
+it may change the pool and drive away the Bass."
+
+"Sure!" cried Jimmy. "What a head you've got! We'll have to find
+some other stump for a sate."
+
+"I don't want to go until it gets dry under foot, and warmer"
+said Mary. "You boys go on. I'll till you whin I am riddy to go."
+
+"There!" said Jimmy, when well on the way to the river. "What did
+I tell you? Won't go if she has the chance! Jist wants to be
+ASKED."
+
+"I dinna pretend to know women," said Dannie gravely. "But
+whatever Mary does is all richt with me."
+
+"So I've obsarved," remarked Jimmy. "Now, how will we get at this
+fishin' to be parfectly fair?"
+
+"Tell ye what I think," said Dannie. "I think we ought to pick
+out the twa best places about the Black Bass pool, and ye take
+ane fra yours and I'll take the ither fra mine, and then we'll
+each fish from his own place."
+
+"Nothing fair about that," answered Jimmy. "You might just happen
+to strike the bed where he lays most, and be gettin' bites all
+the time, and me none; or I might strike it and you be left out.
+And thin there's days whin the wind has to do, and the light. We
+ought to change places ivery hour."
+
+"There's nothing fair in that either," broke in Dannie. "I might
+have him tolled up to my place, and juist be feedin' him my bait,
+and here you'd come along and prove by your watch that my time
+was up, and take him when I had him all ready to bite."
+
+"That's so for you!" hurried in Jimmy. "I'll be hanged if I'd
+leave a place by the watch whin I had a strike!"
+
+"Me either," said Dannie. "'Tis past human nature to ask it. I'll
+tell ye what we'll do. We'll go to work and rig up a sort of a
+bridge where it's so narrow and shallow, juist above Kingfisher
+shoals, and then we'll toss up fra sides. Then each will keep to
+his side. With a decent pole either of us can throw across the
+pool, and both of us can fish as we please. Then each fellow can
+pick his bait, and cast or fish deep as he thinks best. What d'ye
+say to that?"
+
+"I don't see how anything could be fairer than that," said Jimmy.
+"I don't want to fish for anything but the Bass. I'm goin' back
+and get our rubber boots, and you be rollin' logs, and we'll
+build that crossing right now."
+
+"All richt," said Dannie.
+
+So they laid aside their poles and tackle, and Dannie rolled logs
+and gathered material for the bridge, while Jimmy went back after
+their boots. Then both of them entered the water and began
+clearing away drift and laying the foundations. As the first log
+of the crossing lifted above the water Dannie paused.
+
+"How about the Kingfisher?" he asked. "Winna this scare him
+away?"
+
+"Not if he ain't a domn fool," said Jimmy; "and if he is, let him
+go!"
+
+"Seems like the river would no be juist richt without him," said
+Dannie, breaking off a spice limb and nibbling the fragrant buds.
+"Let's only use what we bare need to get across. And where will
+we fix fra Mary?"
+
+"Oh, git out!" said Jimmy. "I ain't goin' to fool with that."
+
+"Well, we best fix a place. Then we can tell her we fixed it, and
+it's all ready."
+
+"Sure!" cried Jimmy. "You are catchin' it from your neighbor.
+Till her a place is all fixed and watin', and you couldn't drag
+her here with a team of oxen. Till her you are GOING to fix it
+soon, and she'll come to see if you've done it, if she has to be
+carried on a stritcher."
+
+So they selected a spot that they thought would be all right for
+Mary, and not close enough to disturb the Bass and the
+Kingfisher, rolled two logs, and fished a board that had been
+carried by a freshet from the water and laid it across them, and
+decided that would have to serve until they could do better.
+
+Then they sat astride the board, Dannie drew out a coin, and they
+tossed it to see which was heads and tails. Dannie won heads.
+Then they tossed to see which bank was heads or tails, and the
+right, which was on Rainbow side, came heads. So Jimmy was to use
+the bridge. Then they went home, and began the night work. The
+first thing Jimmy espied was the barrel containing the milk pail.
+He fished out the pail, and while Dannie fed the stock, shoveled
+manure, and milked, Jimmy pounded out the dents, closed the
+bullet holes, emptied the bait into it, half filled it with
+mellow earth, and went to Mary for some corn meal to sprinkle on
+the top to feed the worms.
+
+At four o'clock the next morning, Dannie was up feeding, milking,
+scraping plows, and setting bolts. After breakfast they piled
+their implements on a mudboat, which Dannie drove, while Jimmy
+rode one of his team, and led the other, and opened the gates.
+They began on Dannie's field, because it was closest, and for the
+next two weeks, unless it were too rainy to work, they plowed,
+harrowed, lined off, and planted the seed.
+
+The blackbirds followed along the furrows picking up grubs, the
+crows cawed from high tree tops, the bluebirds twittered about
+hollow stumps and fence rails, the wood thrushes sang out their
+souls in the thickets across the river, and the King Cardinal of
+Rainbow Bottom whistled to split his throat from the giant
+sycamore. Tender greens were showing along the river and in the
+fields, and the purple of red-bud mingled with the white of wild
+plum all along the Wabash.
+
+The sunny side of the hill that sloped down to Rainbow Bottom was
+a mass of spring beauties, anemones, and violets; thread-like
+ramps rose rank to the scent among them, and round ginger leaves
+were thrusting their folded heads through the mold. The
+Kingfisher was cleaning his house and fishing from his favorite
+stump in the river, while near him, at the fall of every luckless
+worm that missed its hold on a blossom-whitened thorn tree, came
+the splash of the great Black Bass. Every morning the Bass took a
+trip around Horseshoe Bend food hunting, and the small fry raced
+for life before his big, shear-like jaws. During the heat of noon
+he lay in the deep pool below the stump, and rested; but when
+evening came he set out in search of supper, and frequently he
+felt so good that he leaped clear of the water, and fell back
+with a splash that threw shining spray about him, or lashed out
+with his tail and sent widening circles of waves rolling from his
+lurking place. Then the Kingfisher rattled with all his might,
+and flew for the tunnel in the embankment.
+
+Some of these days the air was still, the earth warmed in the
+golden sunshine, and murmured a low song of sleepy content. Some
+days the wind raised, whirling dead leaves before it, and
+covering the earth with drifts of plum, cherry, and apple bloom,
+like late falling snow. Then great black clouds came sweeping
+across the sky, and massed above Rainbow Bottom. The lightning
+flashed as if the heavens were being cracked open, and the
+rolling thunder sent terror to the hearts of man and beast. When
+the birds flew for shelter, Dannie and Jimmy unhitched their
+horses, and raced for the stables to escape the storm, and to be
+with Mary, whom electricity made nervous.
+
+They would sit on the little front porch, and watch the greedy
+earth drink the downpour. They could almost see the grass and
+flowers grow. When the clouds scattered, the thunder grew
+fainter; and the sun shone again between light sprinkles of rain.
+Then a great, glittering rainbow set its arch in the sky, and it
+planted one of its feet in Horseshoe Bend, and the other so far
+away they could not even guess where.
+
+If it rained lightly, in a little while Dannie and Jimmy could go
+back to their work afield. If the downpour was heavy, and made
+plowing impossible, they pulled weeds, and hoed in the garden.
+Dannie discoursed on the wholesome freshness of the earth, and
+Jimmy ever waited a chance to twist his words, and ring in a
+laugh on him. He usually found it. Sometimes, after a rain, they
+took their bait cans, and rods, and went down to the river to
+fish.
+
+If one could not go, the other religiously refrained from casting
+bait into the pool where the Black Bass lay. Once, when they were
+fishing together, the Bass rose to a white moth, skittered over
+the surface by Dannie late in the evening, and twice Jimmy had
+strikes which he averred had taken the arm almost off him, but
+neither really had the Bass on his hook. They kept to their own
+land, and fished when they pleased, for game laws and wardens
+were unknown to them.
+
+Truth to tell, neither of them really hoped to get the Bass
+before fall. The water was too high in the spring. Minnows were
+plentiful, and as Jimmy said, "It seemed as if the domn plum tree
+just rained caterpillars." So they bided their time, and the
+signs prohibiting trespass on all sides of their land were many
+and emphatic, and Mary had instructions to ring the dinner bell
+if she caught sight of any strangers.
+
+The days grew longer, and the sun was insistent. Untold miles
+they trudged back and forth across their land, guiding their
+horses, jerked about with plows, their feet weighted with the
+damp, clinging earth, and their clothing pasted to their wet
+bodies. Jimmy was growing restless. Never in all his life had he
+worked so faithfully as that spring, and never had his visits to
+Casey's so told on him. No matter where they started, or how hard
+they worked, Dannie was across the middle of the field, and
+helping Jimmy before the finish. It was always Dannie who plowed
+on, while Jimmy rode to town for the missing bolt or buckle, and
+he generally rolled from his horse into a fence corner, and
+slept the remainder of the day on his return.
+
+The work and heat were beginning to tire him, and his trips to
+Casey's had been much less frequent than he desired. He grew to
+feel that between them Dannie and Mary were driving him, and a
+desire to balk at slight cause, gathered in his breast. He
+deliberately tied his team in a fence corner, lay down, and fell
+asleep. The clanging of the supper bell aroused him. He opened
+his eyes, and as he rose, found that Dannie had been to the barn,
+and brought a horse blanket to cover him. Well as he knew
+anything, Jimmy knew that he had no business sleeping in fence
+corners so early in the season. With candor he would have
+admitted to himself that a part of his brittle temper came from
+aching bones and rheumatic twinges. Some way, the sight of Dannie
+swinging across the field, looking as fresh as in the early
+morning, and the fact that he had carried a blanket to cover him,
+and the further fact that he was wild for drink, and could think
+of no excuse on earth for going to town, brought him to a
+fighting crisis.
+
+Dannie turned his horses at Jimmy's feet.
+
+"Come on, Jimmy, supper bell has rung," he cried. "We mustn't
+keep Mary waiting. She wants us to help her plant the sweet
+potatoes to-nicht."
+
+Jimmy rose, and his joints almost creaked. The pain angered him.
+He leaned forward and glared at Dannie.
+
+"Is there one minute of the day whin you ain't thinkin' about my
+wife?" he demanded, oh, so slowly, and so ugly!
+
+Dannie met his hateful gaze squarely. "Na a minute," he answered,
+"excepting when I am thinking about ye."
+
+"The Hell you say!" exploded the astonished Jimmy.
+
+Dannie stepped out of the furrow, and came closer. "See here,
+Jimmy Malone," he said. "Ye ain't forgot the nicht when I told ye
+I loved Mary, with all my heart, and that I'd never love another
+woman. I sent ye to tell her fra me, and to ask if I might come
+to her. And ye brought me her answer. It's na your fault that she
+preferred ye. Everybody did. But it IS your fault that I've
+stayed on here. I tried to go, and ye wouldna let me. So for
+fifteen years, ye have lain with the woman I love, and I have
+lain alone in a few rods of ye. If that ain't Man-Hell, try some
+other on me, and see if it will touch me! I sent ye to tell her
+that I loved her; have I ever sent ye to tell her that I've quit?
+I should think you'd know, by this time, that I'm na quitter.
+Love her! Why, I love her till I can see her standin' plain
+before me, when I know she's a mile away. Love her! Why, I can
+smell her any place I am, sweeter than any flower I ever held to
+my face. Love her! Till the day I dee I'll love her. But it ain't
+any fault of yours, and if ye've come to the place where I worry
+ye, that's the place where I go, as I wanted to on the same day
+ye brought Mary to Rainbow Bottom."
+
+Jimmy's gray jaws fell open. Jimmy's sullen eyes cleared. He
+caught Dannie by the arm.
+
+"For the love of Hivin, what did I say, Dannie?" he panted. "I
+must have been half asleep. Go! You go! You leave Rainbow Bottom!
+Thin, by God, I go too! I won't stay here without you, not a day.
+If I had to take my choice between you, I'd give up Mary before
+I'd give up the best frind I iver had. Go! I guess not, unless I
+go with you! She can go to----"
+
+"Jimmy! Jimmy!" cautioned Dannie.
+
+"I mane ivery domn word of it," said Jimmy. "I think more of you,
+than I iver did of any woman."
+
+Dannie drew a deep breath. "Then why in the name of God did ye
+SAY that thing to me? I have na betrayed your trust in me, not
+ever, Jimmy, and ye know it. What's the matter with ye?"
+
+Jimmy heaved a deep sigh, and rubbed his hands across his hot,
+angry face. "Oh, I'm just so domn sore!" he said. "Some days I
+get about wild. Things haven't come out like I thought they
+would."
+
+"Jimmy, if ye are in trouble, why do ye na tell me? Canna I help
+ye? Have'nt I always helped ye if I could?"
+
+"Yes, you have," said Jimmy. "Always, been a thousand times too
+good to me. But you can't help here. I'm up agin it alone, but
+put this in your pipe, and smoke it good and brown, if you go, I
+go. I don't stay here without you."
+
+"Then it's up to ye na to make it impossible for me to stay,"
+said Dannie. "After this, I'll try to be carefu'. I've had no
+guard on my lips. I've said whatever came into my heid."
+
+The supper bell clanged sharply a second time.
+
+"That manes more Hivin on the Wabash," said Jimmy. "Wish I had a
+bracer before I face it."
+
+"How long has it been, Jimmy?" asked Dannie.
+
+"Etarnity!" replied Jimmy briefly.
+
+Dannie stood thinking, and then light broke. Jimmy was always
+short of money in summer. When trapping was over, and before any
+crops were ready, he was usually out of funds. Dannie hesitated,
+and then he said, "Would a small loan be what ye need, Jimmy?"
+
+Jimmy's eyes gleamed. "It would put new life into me," he cried.
+"Forgive me, Dannie. I am almost crazy."
+
+Dannie handed over a coin, and after supper Jimmy went to town.
+Then Dannie saw his mistake. He had purchased peace for himself,
+but what about Mary?
+
+
+
+Chapter VI
+
+THE HEART OF MARY MALONE
+
+
+"This is the job that was done with the reaper,
+If we hustle we can do it ourselves,
+Thus securing to us a little cheaper,
+The bread and pie upon our pantry shelves.
+
+Eat this wheat, by and by,
+On this beautiful Wabash shore,
+Drink this rye, by and by,
+Eat and drink on this beautiful shore."
+
+
+So sang Jimmy as he drove through the wheat, oats and rye
+accompanied by the clacking machinery. Dannie stopped stacking
+sheaves to mop his warm, perspiring face and to listen. Jimmy
+always with an eye to the effect he was producing immediately
+broke into wilder parody:
+
+"Drive this mower, a little slower,
+On this beautiful Wabash shore,
+Cuttin' wheat to buy our meat,
+Cuttin' oats, to buy our coats,
+Also pants, if we get the chance.
+
+By and by, we'll cut the rye,
+But I bet my hat I drink that, I drink that.
+Drive this mower a little slower,
+In this wheat, in this wheat, by and by."
+
+The larks scolded, fluttering over head, for at times the reaper
+overtook their belated broods. The bobolinks danced and chattered
+on stumps and fences, in an agony of suspense, when their nests
+were approached, and cried pitifully if they were destroyed. The
+chewinks flashed from the ground to the fences and trees, and
+back, crying "Che-wink?" "Che-wee!" to each other, in such
+excitement that they appeared to be in danger of flirting off
+their long tails. The quail ran about the shorn fields, and
+excitedly called from fence riders to draw their flocks into the
+security of Rainbow Bottom.
+
+Frightened hares bounded through the wheat, and if the cruel
+blade sheared into their nests, Dannie gathered the wounded and
+helpless of the scattered broods in his hat, and carried them to
+Mary.
+
+Then came threshing, which was a busy time, but after that,
+through the long hot days of late July and August, there was
+little to do afield, and fishing was impossible. Dannie grubbed
+fence corners, mended fences, chopped and corded wood for winter,
+and in spare time read his books. For the most part Jimmy kept
+close to Dannie. Jimmy's temper never had been so variable.
+Dannie was greatly troubled, for despite Jimmy's protests of
+devotion, he flared at a word, and sometimes at no word at all.
+The only thing in which he really seemed interested was the coon
+skin he was dressing to send to Boston. Over that he worked by
+the hour, sometimes with earnest face, and sometimes he raised
+his head, and let out a whoop that almost frightened Mary. At
+such times he was sure to go on and give her some new detail of
+the hunt for the fifty coons, that he had forgotten to tell her
+before.
+
+He had been to the hotel, and learned the Thread Man's name and
+address, and found that he did not come regularly, and no one
+knew when to expect him; so when he had combed and brushed the
+fur to its finest point, and worked the skin until it was velvet
+soft, and bleached it until it was muslin white, he made it into
+a neat package and sent it with his compliments to the Boston
+man. After he had waited for a week, he began going to town every
+day to the post office for the letter he expected, and coming
+home much worse for a visit to Casey's. Since plowing time he had
+asked Dannie for money as he wanted it, telling him to keep an
+account, and he would pay him in the fall. He seemed to forget or
+not to know how fast his bills grew.
+
+Then came a week in August when the heat invaded even the cool
+retreat along the river. Out on the highway passing wheels rolled
+back the dust like water, and raised it in clouds after them. The
+rag weeds hung wilted heads along the road. The goldenrod and
+purple ironwort were dust-colored and dust-choked. The trees were
+thirsty, and their leaves shriveling. The river bed was bare its
+width in places, and while the Kingfisher made merry with his
+family, and rattled, feasting from Abram Johnson's to the
+Gar-hole, the Black Bass sought its deep pool, and lay still. It
+was a rare thing to hear it splash in those days.
+
+The prickly heat burned until the souls of men were tried. Mary
+slipped listlessly about or lay much of the time on a couch
+beside a window, where a breath of air stirred. Despite the good
+beginning he had made in the spring, Jimmy slumped with the heat
+and exposures he had risked, and was hard to live with.
+
+Dannie was not having a good time himself. Since Jimmy's wedding,
+life had been all grind to Dannie, but he kept his reason,
+accepted his lot, and ground his grist with patience and such
+cheer as few men could have summoned to the aid of so poor a
+cause. Had there been any one to notice it, Dannie was tired and
+heat-ridden also, but as always, Dannie sank self, and labored
+uncomplainingly with Jimmy's problems. On a burning August
+morning Dannie went to breakfast, and found Mary white and
+nervous, little prepared to eat, and no sign of Jimmy.
+
+"Jimmy sleeping?" he asked.
+
+"I don't know where Jimmy is," Mary answered coldly.
+
+"Since when?" asked Dannie, gulping coffee, and taking hasty
+bites, for he had begun his breakfast supposing that Jimmy would
+come presently.
+
+"He left as soon as you went home last night," she said, "and he
+has not come back yet."
+
+Dannie did not know what to say. Loyal to the bone to Jimmy,
+loving each hair on the head of Mary Malone, and she worn and
+neglected; the problem was heartbreaking in any solution he
+attempted, and he felt none too well himself. He arose hastily,
+muttering something about getting the work done. He brought in
+wood and water, and asked if there was anything more he could do.
+
+"Sure!" said Mary, in a calm, even voice. "Go to the barn, and
+shovel manure for Jimmy Malone, and do all the work he shirks,
+before you do anything for yoursilf."
+
+Dannie always had admitted that he did not understand women, but
+he understood a plain danger signal, and he almost ran from the
+cabin. In the fear that Mary might think he had heeded her hasty
+words, he went to his own barn first, just to show her that he
+did not do Jimmy's work. The flies and mosquitoes were so bad he
+kept his horses stabled through the day, and turned them to
+pasture at night. So their stalls were to be cleaned, and he set
+to work. When he had finished his own barn, as he had nothing
+else to do, he went on to Jimmy's. He had finished the stalls,
+and was sweeping when he heard a sound at the back door, and
+turning saw Jimmy clinging to the casing, unable to stand
+longer. Dannie sprang to him, and helped him inside. Jimmy sank
+to the floor. Dannie caught up several empty grain sacks, folded
+them, and pushed them under Jimmy's head for a pillow.
+
+"Dannish, didsh shay y'r nash'nal flowerish wash shisle?" asked
+Jimmy.
+
+"Yes," said Dannie, lifting the heavy auburn head to smooth the
+folds from the sacks.
+
+"Whysh like me?"
+
+"I dinna," answered Dannie wearily.
+
+"Awful jagsh on," murmured Jimmy, sighed heavily, and was off.
+His clothing was torn and dust-covered, his face was purple and
+bloated, and his hair was dusty and disordered. He was a
+repulsive sight. As Dannie straightened Jimmy's limbs he thought
+he heard a step. He lifted his head and leaned forward to listen.
+
+"Dannie Micnoun?" called the same even, cold voice he had heard
+at breakfast. "Have you left me, too?"
+
+Dannie sprang for a manger. He caught a great armload of hay, and
+threw it over Jimmy. He gave one hurried toss to scatter it, for
+Mary was in the barn. As he turned to interpose his body between
+her and the manger, which partially screened Jimmy, his heart
+sickened. He was too late. She had seen. Frightened to the soul,
+he stared at her. She came a step closer, and with her foot gave
+a hand of Jimmy's that lay exposed a contemptuous shove.
+
+"You didn't get him complately covered," she said. "How long have
+you had him here?"
+
+Dannie was frightened into speech. "Na a minute, Mary; he juist
+came in when I heard ye. I was trying to spare ye."
+
+"Him, you mane," she said, in that same strange voice. "I suppose
+you give him money, and he has a bottle, and he's been here all
+night."
+
+"Mary," said Dannie, "that's na true. I have furnished him money.
+He'd mortgage the farm, or do something worse if I didna; but I
+dinna WHERE he has been all nicht, and in trying to cover him, my
+only thought was to save ye pain."
+
+"And whin you let him spind money you know you'll never get back,
+and loaf while you do his work, and when you lie mountain high,
+times without number, who is it for?"
+
+Then fifteen years' restraint slid from Dannie like a cloak, and
+in the torture of his soul his slow tongue outran all its
+previous history.
+
+"Ye!" he shouted. "It's fra Jimmy, too, but ye first. Always ye
+first!" Mary began to tremble. Her white cheeks burned red. Her
+figure straightened, and her hands clenched.
+
+"On the cross! Will you swear it?" she cried.
+
+"On the sacred body of Jesus Himself, if I could face Him,"
+answered Dannie. "anything! Everything is fra ye first, Mary!"
+
+"Then why?" she panted between gasps for breath. "Tell me why? If
+you have cared for me enough to stay here all these years and see
+that I had the bist tratemint you could get for me, why didn't
+you care for me enough more to save me this? Oh, Dannie, tell me
+why?"
+
+And then she shook with strangled sobs until she scarce could
+stand alone. Dannie Macnoun cleared the space between them and
+took her in his arms. Her trembling hands clung to him, her head
+dropped on his breast, and the perfume of her hair in his
+nostrils drove him mad. Then the tense bulk of her body struck
+against him, and horror filled his soul. One second he held her,
+the next, Jimmy smothering under the hay, threw up an arm, and
+called like a petulant child, "Dannie! Make shun quit shinish my
+fashe!"
+
+And Dannie awoke to the realization that Mary was another man's,
+and that man, one who trusted him completely. The problem was so
+much too big for poor Dannie that reason kindly slipped a cog. He
+broke from the grasp of the woman, fled through the back door,
+and took to the woods.
+
+He ran as if fiends were after him, and he ran and ran. And when
+he could run no longer, he walked, but he went on. Just on and
+on. He crossed forests and fields, orchards and highways, streams
+and rivers, deep woods and swamps, and on, and on he went. He
+felt nothing, and saw nothing, and thought nothing, save to go
+on, always on. In the dark he stumbled on and through the day he
+staggered on, and he stopped for nothing, save at times to lift
+water to his parched lips.
+
+The bushes took his hat, the thorns ripped his shirt, the water
+soaked his shoes and they spread and his feet came through and
+the stones cut them until they bled. Leaves and twigs stuck in
+his hair, and his eyes grew bloodshot, his lips and tongue
+swollen, and when he could go no further on his feet, he crawled
+on his knees, until at last he pitched forward on his face and
+lay still. The tumult was over and Mother Nature set to work to
+see about repairing damages.
+
+Dannie was so badly damaged, soul, heart, and body, that she
+never would have been equal to the task, but another woman
+happened that way and she helped. Dannie was carried to a house
+and a doctor dressed his hurts. When the physician got down to
+first principles, and found a big, white-bodied, fine-faced
+Scotchman in the heart of the wreck, he was amazed. A wild man,
+but not a whiskey bloat. A crazy man, but not a maniac. He stood
+long beside Dannie as he lay unconscious.
+
+"I'll take oath that man has wronged no one," he said. "What in
+the name of God has some woman been doing to him?"
+
+He took money from Dannie's wallet and bought clothing to replace
+the rags he had burned. He filled Dannie with nourishment, and
+told the woman who found him that when he awoke, if he did not
+remember, to tell him that his name was Dannie Macnoun, and that
+he lived in Rainbow Bottom, Adams County. Because just at that
+time Dannie was halfway across the state.
+
+A day later he awoke, in a strange room and among strange faces.
+He took up life exactly where he left off. And in his ears, as he
+remembered his flight, rang the awful cry uttered by Mary Malone,
+and not until then did there come to Dannie the realization that
+she had been driven to seek him for help, because her woman's
+hour was upon her. Cold fear froze Dannie's soul.
+
+He went back by railway and walked the train most of the way. He
+dropped from the cars at the water tank and struck across
+country, and again he ran. But this time it was no headlong
+flight. Straight as a homing bird went Dannie with all speed,
+toward the foot of the Rainbow and Mary Malone.
+
+The Kingfisher sped rattling down the river when Dannie came
+crashing along the bank.
+
+"Oh, God, let her be alive!" prayed Dannie as he leaned panting
+against a tree for an instant, because he was very close now and
+sickeningly afraid. Then he ran on. In a minute it would be over.
+At the next turn he could see the cabins. As he dashed along,
+Jimmy Malone rose from a log and faced him. A white Jimmy, with
+black- ringed eyes and shaking hands.
+
+"Where the Hell have you been?" Jimmy demanded.
+
+"Is she dead?" cried Dannie.
+
+"The doctor is talking scare," said Jimmy. "But I don't scare so
+easy. She's never been sick in her life, and she has lived
+through it twice before, why should she die now? Of course the
+kid is dead again," he added angrily.
+
+Dannie shut his eyes and stood still. He had helped plant star-
+flowers on two tiny cross-marked mounds at Five Mile Hill. Now,
+there were three. Jimmy had worn out her love for him, that was
+plain. "Why should she die now?" To Dannie it seemed that
+question should have been, "Why should she live?"
+
+Jimmy eyed him belligerently. "Why in the name of sinse did you
+cut out whin I was off me pins?" he growled. "Of course I don't
+blame you for cutting that kind of a party, me for the woods, all
+right, but what I can't see is why you couldn't have gone for the
+doctor and waited until I'd slept it off before you wint."
+
+"I dinna know she was sick," answered Dannie. "I deserve anything
+ony ane can say to me, and it's all my fault if she dees, but
+this ane thing ye got to say ye know richt noo, Jimmy. Ye got to
+say ye know that I dinna understand Mary was sick when I went."
+
+"Sure! I've said that all the time," agreed Jimmy. "But what I
+don't understand is, WHY you went! I guess she thinks it was her
+fault. I came out here to try to study it out. The nurse-woman,
+domn pretty girl, says if you don't get back before midnight,
+it's all up. You're just on time, Dannie. The talk in the house
+is that she'll wink out if you don't prove to her that she didn't
+drive you away. She is about crazy over it. What did she do to
+you?"
+
+"Nothing!" exclaimed Dannie. "She was so deathly sick she dinna
+what she was doing. I can see it noo, but I dinna understand
+then."
+
+"That's all right," said Jimmy. "She didn't! She kapes moaning
+over and over 'What did I do?' You hustle in and fix it up with
+her. I'm getting tired of all this racket."
+
+All Dannie heard was that he was to go to Mary. He went up the
+lane, across the garden, and stepped in at the back door. Beside
+the table stood a comely young woman, dressed in blue and white
+stripes. She was doing something with eggs and milk. She glanced
+at Dannie, and finished filling a glass. As she held it to the
+light, "Is your name Macnoun?" she inquired.
+
+"Yes," said Dannie.
+
+"Dannie Macnoun?" she asked.
+
+"Yes," said Dannie.
+
+"Then you are the medicine needed here just now," she said, as if
+that were the most natural statement in the world. "Mrs. Malone
+seems to have an idea that she offended you, and drove you from
+home, just prior to her illness, and as she has been very sick,
+she is in no condition to bear other trouble. You understand?"
+
+"Do ye understand that I couldna have gone if I had known she was
+ill?" asked Dannie in turn.
+
+"From what she has said in delirium I have been sure of that,"
+replied the nurse. "It seems you have been the stay of the family
+for years. I have a very high opinion of you, Mr. Macnoun. Wait
+until I speak to her."
+
+The nurse vanished, presently returned, and as Dannie passed
+through the door, she closed it after him, and he stood still,
+trying to see in the dim light. That great snowy stretch, that
+must be the bed. That tumbled dark circle, that must be Mary's
+hair. That dead white thing beneath it, that must be Mary's face.
+Those burning lights, flaming on him, those must be Mary's eyes.
+Dannie stepped softly across the room, and bent over the bed. He
+tried hard to speak naturally.
+
+"Mary" he said, "oh, Mary, I dinna know ye were ill! Oh, believe
+me, I dinna realize ye were suffering pain."
+
+She smiled faintly, and her lips moved. Dannie bent lower.
+
+"Promise," she panted. "Promise you will stay now."
+
+Her hand fumbled at her breast, and then she slipped on the white
+cover a little black cross. Dannie knew what she meant. He laid
+his hand on the emblem precious to her, and said softly, "I swear
+I never will leave ye again, Mary Malone."
+
+A great light swept into her face, and she smiled happily.
+
+"Now ye," said Dannie. He slipped the cross into her hand.
+"Repeat after me," he said. "I promise I will get well, Dannie."
+
+"I promise I will get well, Dannie, if I can," said Mary.
+
+"Na," said Dannie. "That winna do. Repeat what I said, and
+remember it is on the cross. Life hasna been richt for ye, Mary,
+but if ye will get well, before the Lord in some way we will make
+it happier. Ye will get well?"
+
+"I promise I will get well, Dannie," said Mary Malone, and Dannie
+softly left the room.
+
+Outside he said to the nurse, "What can I do?"
+
+She told him everything of which she could think that would be of
+benefit.
+
+"Now tell me all ye know of what happened," commanded Dannie.
+
+"After you left," said the nurse, "she was in labor, and she
+could not waken her husband, and she grew frightened and
+screamed. There were men passing out on the road. They heard her,
+and came to see what was the matter."
+
+"Strangers?" shuddered Dannie, with dry lips.
+
+"No, neighbors. One man went for the nearest woman, and the other
+drove to town for a doctor. They had help here almost as soon as
+you could. But, of course, the shock was a very dreadful thing,
+and the heat of the past few weeks has been enervating."
+
+"Ane thing more," questioned Dannie. "Why do her children dee?"
+
+"I don't know about the others," answered the nurse. "This one
+simply couldn't be made to breathe. It was a strange thing. It
+was a fine big baby, a boy, and it seemed perfect, but we
+couldn't save it. I never worked harder. They told me she had
+lost two others, and we tried everything of which we could think.
+It just seemed as if it had grown a lump of flesh, with no vital
+spark in it."
+
+Dannie turned, went out of the door, and back along the lane to
+the river where he had left Jimmy. "`A lump of flesh with na
+vital spark in it,'" he kept repeating. "I dinna but that is the
+secret. She is almost numb with misery. All these days when she's
+been without hope, and these awful nichts, when she's watched and
+feared alone, she has no wished to perpetuate him in children who
+might be like him, and so at their coming the `vital spark' is na
+in them. Oh, Jimmy, Jimmy, have ye Mary's happiness and those
+three little graves to answer for?"
+
+He found Jimmy asleep where he had left him. Dannie shook him
+awake. "I want to talk with ye," he said.
+
+Jimmy sat up, and looked into Dannie's face. He had a complaint
+on his lips but it died there. He tried to apologize. "I am
+almost dead for sleep," he said. "There has been no rest for
+anyone here. What do you think?"
+
+"I think she will live," said Dannie dryly. "In spite of your
+neglect, and my cowardice, I think she will live to suffer more
+frae us."
+
+Jimmy's mouth opened, but for once no sound issued. The drops of
+perspiration raised on his forehead.
+
+Dannie sat down, and staring at him Jimmy saw that there were
+patches of white hair at his temples that had been brown a week
+before; his colorless face was sunken almost to the bone, and
+there was a peculiar twist about his mouth. Jimmy's heart weighed
+heavily, his tongue stood still, and he was afraid to the marrow
+in his bones.
+
+"I think she will live," repeated Dannie. "And about the
+suffering more, we will face that like men, and see what can be
+done about it. This makes three little graves on the hill, Jimmy,
+what do they mean to ye?"
+
+"Domn bad luck," said Jimmy promptly.
+
+"Nothing more?" asked Dannie. "Na responsibility at all. Ye are
+the father of those children. Have ye never been to the doctor,
+and asked why ye lost them?"
+
+"No, I haven't," said Jimmy.
+
+"That is ane thing we will do now," said Dannie, "and then we
+will do more, much more."
+
+"What are you driving at?" asked Jimmy.
+
+"The secret of Mary's heart," said Dannie.
+
+The cold sweat ran from the pores of Jimmy's body. He licked his
+dry lips, and pulled his hat over his eyes, that he might watch
+Dannie from under the brim.
+
+"We are twa big, strong men," said Dannie. "For fifteen years we
+have lived here wi' Mary. The night ye married her, the licht of
+happiness went out for me. But I shut my mouth, and shouldered my
+burden, and went on with my best foot first; because if she had
+na refused me, I should have married her, and then ye would have
+been the one to suffer. If she had chosen me, I should have
+married her, juist as ye did. Oh, I've never forgotten that! So I
+have na been a happy mon, Jimmy. We winna go into that any
+further, we've been over it once. It seems to be a form of
+torture especially designed fra me, though at times I must
+confess, it seems rough, and I canna see why, but we'll cut that
+off with this: life has been Hell's hottest sweat-box fra me
+these fifteen years."
+
+Jimmy groaned aloud. Dannie's keen gray eyes seemed boring into
+the soul of the man before him, as he went on.
+
+"Now how about ye? Ye got the girl ye wanted. Ye own a guid farm
+that would make ye a living, and save ye money every year. Ye
+have done juist what ye pleased, and as far as I could, I have
+helped ye. I've had my eye on ye pretty close, Jimmy, and if YE
+are a happy mon, I dinna but I'm content as I am. What's your
+trouble? Did ye find ye dinna love Mary after ye won her? Did ye
+murder your mither or blacken your soul with some deadly sin?
+Mon! If I had in my life what ye every day neglect and torture,
+Heaven would come doon, and locate at the foot of the Rainbow fra
+me. But, ye are no happy, Jimmy. Let's get at the root of the
+matter. While ye are unhappy, Mary will be also. We are
+responsible to God for her, and between us, she is empty armed,
+near to death, and almost dumb with misery. I have juist sworn to
+her on the cross she loves that if she will make ane more effort,
+and get well, we will make her happy. Now, how are we going to do
+it?"
+
+Another great groan burst from Jimmy, and he shivered as if with
+a chill.
+
+"Let us look ourselves in the face," Dannie went on, "and see
+what we lack. What can we do fra her? What will bring a song to
+her lips, licht to her beautiful eyes, love to her heart, and a
+living child to her arms? Wake up, mon! By God, if ye dinna set
+to work with me and solve this problem, I'll shake a solution out
+of ye! What I must suffer is my own, but what's the matter with
+ye, and why, when she loved and married ye, are ye breakin'
+Mary's heart? Answer me, mon!"
+
+Dannie reached over and snatched the hat from Jimmy's forehead,
+and stared at an inert heap. Jimmy lay senseless, and he looked
+like death. Dannie rushed down to the water with the hat, and
+splashed drops into Jimmy's face until he gasped for breath. When
+he recovered a little, he shrank from Dannie, and began to sob,
+as if he were a sick ten-year-old child.
+
+"I knew you'd go back on me, Dannie," he wavered. "I've lost the
+only frind I've got, and I wish I was dead."
+
+"I havena gone back on ye," persisted Dannie, bathing Jimmy's
+face. "Life means nothing to me, save as I can use it fra Mary,
+and fra ye. Be quiet, and sit up here, and help me work this
+thing out. Why are ye a discontented mon, always wishing fra any
+place save home? Why do ye spend all ye earn foolishly, so that
+ye are always hard up, when ye might have affluence? Why does
+Mary lose her children, and why does she noo wish she had na
+married ye?"
+
+"Who said she wished she hadn't married me?" cried Jimmy.
+
+"Do ye mean to say ye think she doesn't?" blazed Dannie.
+
+"I ain't said anything!" exclaimed Jimmy.
+
+"Na, and I seem to have damn poor luck gettin' ye TO say
+anything. I dinna ask fra tears, nor faintin' like a woman. Be a
+mon, and let me into the secret of this muddle. There is a
+secret, and ye know it. What is it? Why are ye breaking the heart
+o' Mary Malone? Answer me, or 'fore God I'll wring the answer fra
+your body!"
+
+And Jimmy keeled over again. This time he was gone so far that
+Dannie was frightened into a panic, and called the doctor coming
+up the lane to Jimmy before he had time to see Mary. The doctor
+soon brought Jimmy around, prescribed quiet and sleep; talked
+about heart trouble developing, and symptoms of tremens, and
+Dannie poured on water, and gritted his teeth. And it ended by
+Jimmy being helped to Dannie's cabin, undressed, and put into
+bed, and then Dannie went over to see what he could do for the
+nurse. She looked at him searchingly.
+
+"Mr. Macnoun, when were you last asleep?" she asked.
+
+"I forget," answered Dannie.
+
+"When did you last have a good hot meal?"
+
+"I dinna know," replied Dannie.
+
+"Drink that," said the nurse, handing him the bowl of broth she
+carried, and going back to the stove for another. "When I have
+finished making Mrs. Malone comfortable, I'm going to get you
+something to eat, and you are going to eat it. Then you are going
+to lie down on that cot where I can call you if I need you, and
+sleep six hours, and then you're going to wake up and watch by
+this door while I sleep my six. Even nurses must have some rest,
+you know."
+
+"Ye first," said Dannie. "I'll be all richt when I get food.
+Since ye mention it, I believe I am almost mad with hunger."
+
+The nurse handed him another bowl of broth. "Just drink that, and
+drink slowly," she said, as she left the room.
+
+Dannie could hear her speaking softly to Mary, and then all was
+quiet, and the girl came out and closed the door. She deftly
+prepared food for Dannie, and he ate all she would allow him, and
+begged for more; but she firmly told him her hands were full now,
+and she had no one to depend on but him to watch after the turn
+of the night. So Dannie lay down on the cot. He had barely
+touched it when he thought of Jimmy, so he got up quietly and
+started home. He had almost reached his back door when it opened,
+and Jimmy came out. Dannie paused, amazed at Jimmy's wild face
+and staring eyes.
+
+"Don't you begin your cursed gibberish again," cried Jimmy, at
+sight of him. "I'm burning in all the tortures of fire now, and
+I'll have a drink if I smash down Casey's and steal it."
+
+Dannie jumped for him, and Jimmy evaded him and fled. Dannie
+started after. He had reached the barn before he began to think.
+"I depend on you," the nurse had said. "Jimmy, wait!" he called.
+"Jimmy, have ye any money?" Jimmy was running along the path
+toward town. Dannie stopped. He stood staring after Jimmy for a
+second, and then he deliberately turned, went back, and lay down
+on the cot, where the nurse expected to find him when she wanted
+him to watch by the door of Mary Malone.
+
+
+
+Chapter VII
+
+THE APPLE OF DISCORD BECOMES A JOINTED ROD
+
+
+"What do you think about fishing, Dannie?" asked Jimmy Malone.
+
+"There was a licht frost last nicht," said Dannie. "It begins to
+look that way. I should think a week more, especially if there
+should come a guid rain."
+
+Jimmy looked disappointed. His last trip to town had ended in a
+sodden week in the barn, and at Dannie's cabin. For the first
+time he had carried whiskey home with him. He had insisted on
+Dannie drinking with him, and wanted to fight when he would not.
+He addressed the bottle, and Dannie, as the Sovereign Alchemist
+by turns, and "transmuted the leaden metal of life into pure
+gold" of a glorious drunk, until his craving was satisfied. Then
+he came back to work and reason one morning, and by the time Mary
+was about enough to notice him, he was Jimmy at his level best,
+and doing more than he had in years to try to interest and please
+her.
+
+Mary had fully recovered, and appeared as strong as she ever had
+been, but there was a noticeable change in her. She talked and
+laughed with a gayety that seemed forced, and in the midst of it
+her tongue turned bitter, and Jimmy and Dannie fled before it.
+
+The gray hairs multiplied on Dannie's head with rapidity. He had
+gone to the doctor, and to Mary's sister, and learned nothing
+more than the nurse could tell him. Dannie was willing to
+undertake anything in the world for Mary, but just how to furnish
+the "vital spark," to an unborn babe, was too big a problem for
+him. And Jimmy Malone was growing to be another. Heretofore,
+Dannie had borne the brunt of the work, and all of the worry. He
+had let Jimmy feel that his was the guiding hand. Jimmy's plans
+were followed whenever it was possible, and when it was not,
+Dannie started Jimmy's way, and gradually worked around to his
+own. But, there never had been a time between them, when things
+really came to a crisis, and Dannie took the lead, and said
+matters must go a certain way, that Jimmy had not acceded. In
+reality, Dannie always had been master.
+
+Now he was not. Where he lost control he did not know. He had
+tried several times to return to the subject of how to bring back
+happiness to Mary, and Jimmy immediately developed symptoms of
+another attack of heart disease, a tendency to start for town, or
+openly defied him by walking away. Yet, Jimmy stuck to him closer
+than he ever had, and absolutely refused to go anywhere, or to do
+the smallest piece of work alone. Sometimes he grew sullen and
+morose when he was not drinking, and that was very unlike the gay
+Jimmy. Sometimes he grew wildly hilarious, as if he were bound to
+make such a racket that he could hear no sound save his own
+voice. So long as he stayed at home, helped with the work, and
+made an effort to please Mary, Dannie hoped for the best, but his
+hopes never grew so bright that they shut out an awful fear that
+was beginning to loom in the future. But he tried in every way to
+encourage Jimmy, and help him in the struggle he did not
+understand, so when he saw that Jimmy was disappointed about the
+fishing, he suggested that he should go alone.
+
+"I guess not!" said Jimmy. "I'd rather go to confission than to
+go alone. What's the fun of fishin' alone? All the fun there is
+to fishin' is to watch the other fellow's eyes when you pull in a
+big one, and try to hide yours from him when he gets it. I guess
+not! What have we got to do?"
+
+"Finish cutting the corn, and get in the pumpkins before there
+comes frost enough to hurt them."
+
+"Well, come along!" said Jimmy. "Let's get it over. I'm going to
+begin fishing for that Bass the morning after the first black
+frost, if I do go alone. I mean it!"
+
+"But ye said--" began Dannie.
+
+"Hagginy!" cried Jimmy. "What a lot of time you've wasted if
+you've been kaping account of all the things I've said. Haven't
+you learned by this time that I lie twice to the truth once?"
+
+Dannie laughed. "Dinna say such things, Jimmy. I hate to hear ye.
+Of course, I know about the fifty coons of the Canoper, and
+things like that; honest, I dinna believe ye can help it. But na
+man need lie about a serious matter, and when he knows he is
+deceiving another who trusts him." Jimmy became so white that he
+felt the color receding, and turned to hide his face. "Of course,
+about those fifty coons noo, what was the harm in that? Nobody
+believed it. That wasna deceiving any ane."
+
+"Yes, but it was," answered Jimmy. "The Boston man belaved it,
+and I guiss he hasn't forgiven me, if he did take my hand, and
+drink with me. You know I haven't had a word from him about that
+coon skin. I worked awful hard on that skin. Some way, I tried to
+make it say to him again that I was sorry for that night's work.
+Sometimes I am afraid I killed the fellow."
+
+"O-ho!" scoffed Dannie. "Men ain't so easy killed. I been
+thinkin' about it, too, and I'll tell ye what I think. I think he
+goes on long trips, and only gets home every four or five months.
+The package would have to wait. His folks wouldna try to send it
+after him. He was a monly fellow, all richt, and ye will hear fra
+him yet."
+
+"I'd like to," said Jimmy, absently, beating across his palm a
+spray of goldenrod he had broken. "Just a line to tell me that he
+don't bear malice."
+
+"Ye will get it," said Dannie. "Have a little patience. But
+that's your greatest fault, Jimmy. Ye never did have ony
+patience."
+
+"For God's sake, don't begin on me faults again," snapped Jimmy.
+"I reckon I know me faults about as well as the nixt fellow. I'm
+so domn full of faults that I've thought a lot lately about
+fillin' up, and takin' a sleep on the railroad."
+
+A new fear wrung Dannie's soul. "Ye never would, Jimmy," he
+implored.
+
+"Sure not!" cried Jimmy. "I'm no good Catholic livin', but if it
+come to dyin', bedad I niver could face it without first
+confissin' to the praste, and that would give the game away.
+Let's cut out dyin', and cut corn!"
+
+"That's richt," agreed Dannie. "And let's work like men, and then
+fish fra a week or so, before ice and trapping time comes again.
+I'll wager I can beat ye the first row."
+
+"Bate!" scoffed Jimmy. "Bate! With them club-footed fingers of
+yours? You couldn't bate an egg. Just watch me! If you are enough
+of a watch to keep your hands runnin' at the same time."
+
+Jimmy worked feverishly for an hour, and then he straightened and
+looked about him. On the left lay the river, its shores bordered
+with trees and bushes. Behind them was deep wood. Before them lay
+their open fields, sloping down to the bottom, the cabins on one
+side, and the kingfisher embankment on the other. There was a
+smoky haze in the air. As always the blackbirds clamored along
+the river. Some crows followed the workers at a distance, hunting
+for grains of corn, and over in the woods, a chewink scratched
+and rustled among the deep leaves as it searched for grubs. From
+time to time a flock of quail arose before them with a whirr and
+scattered down the fields, reassembling later at the call of
+their leader, from a rider of the snake fence, which inclosed the
+field.
+
+"Bob, Bob White," whistled Dannie.
+
+"Bob, Bob White," answered the quail.
+
+"I got my eye on that fellow," said Jimmy. "When he gets a little
+larger, I'm going after him."
+
+"Seems an awful pity to kill him," said Dannie. "People rave over
+the lark, but I vow I'd miss the quail most if they were both
+gone. They are getting scarce."
+
+"Well, I didn't say I was going to kill the whole flock," said
+Jimmy. "I was just going to kill a few for Mary, and if I don't,
+somebody else will."
+
+"Mary dinna need onything better than ane of her own fried
+chickens," said Dannie. "And its no true about hunters. We've the
+river on ane side, and the bluff on the other. If we keep up our
+fishing signs, and add hunting to them, and juist shut the other
+fellows out, the birds will come here like everything wild
+gathers in National Park, out West. Ye bet things know where they
+are taken care of, well enough."
+
+Jimmy snipped a spray of purple ironwort with his corn-cutter,
+and stuck it through his suspender buckle. "I think that would be
+more fun than killin' them. If you're a dacint shot, and your gun
+is clane" (Jimmy remembered the crow that had escaped with the
+eggs at soap-making), "you pretty well know you're goin' to bring
+down anything you aim at. But it would be a dandy joke to shell a
+little corn as we husk it, and toll all the quail into Rainbow
+Bottom, and then kape the other fellows out. Bedad! Let's do it."
+
+Jimmy addressed the quail:
+
+
+"Quailie, quailie on the fince,
+We think your singin's just imminse.
+Stay right here, and live with us,
+And the fellow that shoots you will strike a fuss."
+
+"We can protect them all richt enough," laughed Dannie. "And
+when the snow comes we can feed Cardinals like cheekens. Wish
+when we threshed, we'd saved a few sheaves of wheat. They do that
+in Germany, ye know. The last sheaf of the harvest they put up on
+a long pole at Christmas, as a thank-offering to the birds fra
+their care of the crops. My father often told of it."
+
+"That would be great," said Jimmy. "Now look how domn slow you
+are! Why didn't you mintion it at harvest? I'd like things comin'
+for me to take care of them. Gee! Makes me feel important just to
+think about it. Next year we'll do it, sure. They'd be a lot of
+company. A man could work in this field to-day, with all the
+flowers around him, and the colors of the leaves like a garden,
+and a lot of birds talkin' to him, and not feel afraid of being
+alone."
+
+"Afraid?" quoted Dannie, in amazement.
+
+For an instant Jimmy looked startled. Then his love of proving
+his point arose. "Yes, afraid!" he repeated stubbornly. "Afraid
+of being away from the sound of a human voice, because whin you
+are, the voices of the black divils of conscience come twistin'
+up from the ground in a little wiry whisper, and moanin' among
+the trees, and whistlin' in the wind, and rollin' in the thunder,
+and above all in the dark they screech, and shout, and
+roar,`We're after you, Jimmy Malone! We've almost got you, Jimmy
+Malone! You're going to burn in Hell, Jimmy Malone!'"
+
+Jimmy leaned toward Dannie, and began in a low voice, but he grew
+so excited as he tried to picture the thing that he ended in a
+scream, and even then Dannie's horrified eyes failed to recall
+him. Jimmy straightened, stared wildly behind him, and over the
+open, hazy field, where flowers bloomed, and birds called, and
+the long rows of shocks stood unconscious auditors of the strange
+scene. He lifted his hat, and wiped the perspiration from his
+dripping face with the sleeve of his shirt, and as he raised his
+arm, the corn- cutter flashed in the light.
+
+"My God, it's awful, Dannie! It's so awful, I can't begin to tell
+you!"
+
+Dannie's face was ashen. "Jimmy, dear auld fellow," he said, "how
+long has this been going on?"
+
+"A million years," said Jimmy, shifting the corn-cutter to the
+hand that held his hat, that he might moisten his fingers with
+saliva and rub it across his parched lips.
+
+"Jimmy, dear," Dannie's hand was on Jimmy's sleeve. "Have ye been
+to town in the nicht, or anything like that lately?"
+
+"No, Dannie, dear, I ain't," sneered Jimmy, setting his hat on
+the back of his head and testing the corn-cutter with his thumb.
+"This ain't Casey's, me lad. I've no more call there, at this
+minute, than you have."
+
+"It is Casey's, juist the same," said Dannie bitterly. "Dinna ye
+know the end of this sort of thing?"
+
+"No, bedad, I don't!" said Jimmy. "If I knew any way to ind it,
+you can bet I've had enough. I'd ind it quick enough, if I knew
+how. But the railroad wouldn't be the ind. That would just be the
+beginnin'. Keep close to me, Dannie, and talk, for mercy sake,
+talk! Do you think we could finish the corn by noon?"
+
+"Let's try!" said Dannie, as he squared his shoulders to adjust
+them to his new load. "Then we'll get in the pumpkins this
+afternoon, and bury the potatoes, and the cabbage and turnips,
+and then we're aboot fixed fra winter."
+
+"We must take one day, and gather our nuts," suggested Jimmy,
+struggling to make his voice sound natural, "and you forgot the
+apples. We must bury thim too."
+
+"That's so," said Dannie, "and when that's over, we'll hae
+nothing left to do but catch the Bass, and say farewell to the
+Kingfisher."
+
+"I've already told you that I would relave you of all
+responsibility about the Bass," said Jimmy, "and when I do, you
+won't need trouble to make your adieus to the Kingfisher of the
+Wabash. He'll be one bird that won't be migrating this winter."
+
+Dannie tried to laugh. "I'd like fall as much as any season of
+the year," he said, "if it wasna for winter coming next."
+
+"I thought you liked winter, and the trampin' in the white woods,
+and trappin', and the long evenings with a book."
+
+"I do," said Dannie. "I must have been thinkin' of Mary. She
+hated last winter so. Of course, I had to go home when ye were
+away, and the nichts were so long, and so cold, and mony of them
+alone. I wonder if we canna arrange fra one of her sister's girls
+to stay with her this winter?"
+
+"What's the matter with me?" asked Jimmy.
+
+"Nothing, if only ye'd stay," answered Dannie.
+
+"All I'll be out of nights, you could put in one eye," said
+Jimmy. "I went last winter, and before, because whin they
+clamored too loud, I could be drivin' out the divils that way,
+for a while, and you always came for me, but even that won't be
+stopping it now. I wouldn't stick my head out alone after dark,
+not if I was dying!"
+
+"Jimmy, ye never felt that way before," said Dannie. "Tell me
+what happened this summer to start ye."
+
+"I've done a domn sight of faleing that you didn't know anything
+about," answered Jimmy. "I could work it off at Casey's for a
+while, but this summer things sort of came to a head, and I saw
+meself for fair, and before God, Dannie, I didn't like me looks."
+
+"Well, then, I like your looks," said Dannie. "Ye are the best
+company I ever was in. Ye are the only mon I ever knew that I
+cared fra, and I care fra ye so much, I havna the way to tell ye
+how much. You're possessed with a damn fool idea, Jimmy, and ye
+got to shake it off. Such a great-hearted, big mon as ye! I winna
+have it! There's the dinner bell, and richt glad I am of it!"
+
+That afternoon when pumpkin gathering was over and Jimmy had
+invited Mary out to separate the "punk" from the pumpkins, there
+was a wagon-load of good ones above what they would need for
+their use. Dannie proposed to take them to town and sell them. To
+his amazement Jimmy refused to go along.
+
+"I told you this morning that Casey wasn't calling me at
+prisent," he said, "and whin I am not called I'd best not answer.
+I have promised Mary to top the onions and bury the cilery, and
+murder the bates."
+
+"Do what wi' the beets?" inquired the puzzled Dannie.
+
+"Kill thim! Kill thim stone dead. I'm too tinder-hearted to be
+burying anything but a dead bate, Dannie. That's a thousand years
+old, but laugh, like I knew you would, old Ramphirinkus! No,
+thank you, I don't go to town!"
+
+Then Dannie was scared. "He's going to be dreadfully seek or go
+mad," he said.
+
+So he drove to the village, sold the pumpkins, filled Mary's
+order for groceries, and then went to the doctor, and told him of
+Jimmy's latest developments.
+
+"It is the drink," said that worthy disciple of Esculapius. "It's
+the drink! In time it makes a fool sodden and a bright man mad.
+Few men have sufficient brains to go crazy. Jimmy has. He must
+stop the drink."
+
+On the street, Dannie encountered Father Michael. The priest
+stopped him to shake hands.
+
+"How's Mary Malone?" he asked.
+
+"She is quite well noo," answered Dannie, "but she is na happy. I
+live so close, and see so much, I know. I've thought of ye
+lately. I have thought of coming to see ye. I'm na of your
+religion, but Mary is, and what suits her is guid enough for me.
+I've tried to think of everything under the sun that might help,
+and among other things I've thought of ye. Jimmy was confirmed in
+your church, and he was more or less regular up to his marriage."
+
+"Less, Mr. Macnoun, much less!" said the priest. "Since, not at
+all. Why do you ask?"
+
+"He is sick," said Dannie. "He drinks a guid deal. He has been
+reckless about sleeping on the ground, and noo, if ye will make
+this confidential?"--the priest nodded--"he is talking aboot
+sleeping on the railroad, and he's having delusions. There are
+devils after him. He is the finest fellow ye ever knew, Father
+Michael. We've been friends all our lives. Ye have had much
+experience with men, and it ought to count fra something. From
+all ye know, and what I've told ye, could his trouble be cured as
+the doctor suggests?"
+
+The priest did a queer thing. "You know him as no living man,
+Dannie," he said. "What do you think?"
+
+Dannie's big hands slowly opened and closed. Then he fell to
+polishing the nails of one hand on the palm of the other. At last
+he answered, "If ye'd asked me that this time last year, I'd have
+said `it's the drink,' at a jump. But times this summer, this
+morning, for instance, when he hadna a drop in three weeks, and
+dinna want ane, when he could have come wi' me to town, and
+wouldna, and there were devils calling him from the ground, and
+the trees, and the sky, out in the open cornfield, it looked
+bad."
+
+The priest's eyes were boring into Dannie's sick face. "How did
+it look?" he asked briefly.
+
+"It looked," said Dannie, and his voice dropped to a whisper, "it
+looked like he might carry a damned ugly secret, that it would be
+better fra him if ye, at least, knew."
+
+"And the nature of that secret?"
+
+Dannie shook his head. "Couldna give a guess at it! Known him all
+his life. My only friend. Always been togither. Square a mon as
+God ever made. There's na fault in him, if he'd let drink alone.
+Got more faith in him than any ane I ever knew. I wouldna trust
+mon on God's footstool, if I had to lose faith in Jimmy. Come to
+think of it, that `secret' business is all old woman's scare. The
+drink is telling on him. If only he could be cured of that awful
+weakness, all heaven would come down and settle in Rainbow
+Bottom."
+
+They shook hands and parted without Dannie realizing that he had
+told all he knew and learned nothing. Then he entered the post
+office for the weekly mail. He called for Malone's papers also,
+and with them came a slip from the express office notifying Jimmy
+that there was a package for him. Dannie went to see if they
+would let him have it, and as Jimmy lived in the country, and as
+he and Dannie were known to be partners, he was allowed to sign
+the book, and carry away a long, slender, wooden box, with a
+Boston tag. The Thread Man had sent Jimmy a present, and from the
+appearance of the box, Dannie made up his mind that it was a
+cane.
+
+Straightway he drove home at a scandalous rate of speed, and on
+the way, he dressed Jimmy in a broadcloth suit, patent leathers,
+and a silk hat. Then he took him to a gold cure, where he learned
+to abhor whiskey in a week, and then to the priest, to whom he
+confessed that he had lied about the number of coons in the
+Canoper. And so peace brooded in Rainbow Bottom, and all of them
+were happy again. For with the passing of summer, Dannie had
+learned that heretofore there had been happiness of a sort, for
+them, and that if they could all get back to the old footing it
+would be well, or at least far better than it was at present.
+With Mary's tongue dripping gall, and her sweet face souring, and
+Jimmy hearing devils, no wonder poor Dannie overheated his team
+in a race to carry a package that promised to furnish some
+diversion.
+
+Jimmy and Mary heard the racket, and standing on the celery hill,
+they saw Dannie come clattering up the lane, and as he saw them,
+he stood in the wagon, and waved the package over his head.
+
+Jimmy straightened with a flourish, stuck the spade in the celery
+hill, and descended with great deliberation. "I mintioned to
+Dannie this morning," he said "that it was about time I was
+hearin' from the Thrid Man."
+
+"Oh! Do you suppose it is something from Boston?" the eagerness
+in Mary's voice made it sound almost girlish again.
+
+"Hunt the hatchet!" hissed Jimmy, and walked very leisurely into
+the cabin.
+
+Dannie was visibly excited as he entered. "I think ye have heard
+from the Thread Mon," he said, handing Jimmy the package.
+
+Jimmy took it, and examined it carefully. He never before in his
+life had an express package, the contents of which he did not
+know. It behooved him to get all there was out of the pride and
+the joy of it.
+
+Mary laid down the hatchet so close that it touched Jimmy's hand,
+to remind him. "Now what do you suppose he has sent you?" she
+inquired eagerly, her hand straying toward the packages.
+
+Jimmy tested the box. "It don't weigh much," he said, "but one
+end of it's the heaviest."
+
+He set the hatchet in a tiny crack, and with one rip, stripped
+off the cover. Inside lay a long, brown leather case, with small
+buckles, and in one end a little leather case, flat on one side,
+rounding on the other, and it, too, fastened with a buckle. Jimmy
+caught sight of a paper book folded in the bottom of the box, as
+he lifted the case. With trembling fingers he unfastened the
+buckles, the whole thing unrolled, and disclosed a case of
+leather, sewn in four divisions, from top to bottom, and from the
+largest of these protruded a shining object. Jimmy caught this,
+and began to draw, and the shine began to lengthen.
+
+"Just what I thought!" exclaimed Dannie. "He's sent ye a fine
+cane."
+
+"A hint to kape out of the small of his back the nixt time he
+goes promenadin' on a cow-kitcher! The divil!" exploded Jimmy.
+
+His quick eyes had caught a word on the cover of the little book
+in the bottom of the box.
+
+"A cane! A cane! Look at that, will ye?" He flashed six inches of
+grooved silvery handle before their faces, and three feet of
+shining black steel, scarcely thicker than a lead pencil. "Cane!"
+he cried scornfully. Then he picked up the box, and opening it
+drew out a little machine that shone like a silver watch, and
+setting it against the handle, slipped a small slide over each
+end, and it held firmly, and shone bravely.
+
+"Oh, Jimmy, what is it?" cried Mary.
+
+"Me cane!" answered Jimmy. "Me new cane from Boston. Didn't you
+hear Dannie sayin' what it was? This little arrangemint is my
+cicly-meter, like they put on wheels, and buggies now, to tell
+how far you've traveled. The way this works, I just tie this silk
+thrid to me door knob and off I walks, it a reeling out behind,
+and whin I turn back it takes up as I come, and whin I get home I
+take the yardstick and measure me string, and be the same token,
+it tells me how far I've traveled." As he talked he drew out
+another shining length and added it to the first, and then
+another and a last, fine as a wheat straw. "These last jints I'm
+adding," he explained to Mary, "are so that if I have me cane
+whin I'm riding I can stritch it out and touch up me horses with
+it. And betimes, if I should iver break me old cane fish pole, I
+could take this down to the river, and there, the books call it
+`whipping the water.' See! Cane, be Jasus! It's the Jim-dandiest
+little fishing rod anybody in these parts iver set eyes on. Lord!
+What a beauty!"
+
+He turned to Dannie and shook the shining, slender thing before
+his envious eyes.
+
+"Who gets the Black Bass now?" he triumphed in tones of utter
+conviction.
+
+There is no use in taking time to explain to any fisherman who
+has read thus far that Dannie, the patient; Dannie, the
+long-suffering, felt abused. How would you feel yourself?
+
+"The Thread Man might have sent twa," was his thought. "The only
+decent treatment he got that nicht was frae me, and if I'd let
+Jimmy hit him, he'd gone through the wall. But there never is
+anything fra me!"
+
+And that was true. There never was.
+
+Aloud he said, "Dinna bother to hunt the steelyards, Mary. We
+winna weigh it until he brings it home."
+
+"Yes, and by gum, I'll bring it with this! Look, here is a
+picture of a man in a boat, pullin' in a whale with a pole just
+like this," bragged Jimmy.
+
+"Yes," said Dannie. "That's what it's made for. A boat and open
+water. If ye are going to fish wi' that thing along the river
+we'll have to cut doon all the trees, and that will dry up the
+water. That's na for river fishing."
+
+Jimmy was intently studying the book. Mary tried to take the rod
+from his hand.
+
+"Let be!" he cried, hanging on. "You'll break it!"
+
+"I guess steel don't break so easy," she said aggrievedly. "I
+just wanted to `heft' it."
+
+"Light as a feather," boasted Jimmy. "Fish all day and it won't
+tire a man at all. Done--unjoint it and put it in its case, and
+not go dragging up everything along the bank like a living
+stump-puller. This book says this line will bear twinty pounds
+pressure, and sometimes it's takin' an hour to tire out a fish,
+if it's a fighter. I bet you the Black Bass is a fighter, from
+what we know of him."
+
+"Ye can watch me land him and see what ye think about it,"
+suggested Dannie.
+
+Jimmy held the book with one hand and lightly waved the rod with
+the other, in a way that would have developed nerves in an
+Indian. He laughed absently.
+
+"With me shootin' bait all over his pool with.this?" he asked. "I
+guess not!"
+
+"But you can't fish for the Bass with that, Jimmy Malone," cried
+Mary hotly. "You agreed to fish fair for the Bass, and it
+wouldn't be fair for you to use that, whin Dannie only has his
+old cane pole. Dannie, get you a steel pole, too," she begged.
+
+"If Jimmy is going to fish with that, there will be all the more
+glory in taking the Bass from him with the pole I have," answered
+Dannie.
+
+"You keep out," cried Jimmy angrily to Mary. "It was a fair
+bargain. He made it himself. Each man was to fish surface or
+deep, and with his own pole and bait. I guess this IS my pole,
+ain't it?"
+
+"Yes," said Mary. "But it wasn't yours whin you made that
+agreemint. You very well know Dannie expected you to fish with
+the same kind of pole and bait that he did; didn't you, Dannie?"
+
+"Yes," said Dannie, "I did. Because I never dreamed of him havin'
+any other. But since he has it, I think he's in his rights if he
+fishes with it. I dinna care. In the first place he will only
+scare the Bass away from him with the racket that reel will make,
+and in the second, if he tries to land it with that thing, he
+will smash it, and lose the fish. There's a longhandled net to
+land things with that goes with those rods. He'd better sent ye
+one. Now you'll have to jump into the river and land a fish by
+hand if ye hook it."
+
+"That's true!" cried Mary. "Here's one in a picture."
+
+She had snatched the book from Jimmy. He snatched it back.
+
+"Be careful, you'll tear that!" he cried. "I was just going to
+say that I would get some fine wire or mosquito bar and make
+one."
+
+Dannie's fingers were itching to take the rod, if only for an
+instant. He looked at it longingly. But Jimmy was impervious. He
+whipped it softly about and eagerly read from the book.
+
+"Tells here about a man takin' a fish that weighed forty pounds
+with a pole just like this," he announced. "Scat! Jumpin'
+Jehosophat! What do you think of that!"
+
+"Couldn't you fish turn about with it?" inquired Mary.
+
+"Na, we couldna fish turn about with it," answered Dannie. "Na
+with that pole. Jimmy would throw a fit if anybody else touched
+it. And he's welcome to it. He never in this world will catch the
+Black Bass with it. If I only had some way to put juist fifteen
+feet more line on my pole, I'd show him how to take the Bass
+to-morrow. The way we always have come to lose it is with too
+short lines. We have to try to land it before it's tired out and
+it's strong enough to break and tear away. It must have ragged
+jaws and a dozen pieces of line hanging to it, fra both of us
+have hooked it time and again. When it strikes me, if I only
+could give it fifteen feet more line, I could land it."
+
+"Can't you fix some way?" asked Mary.
+
+"I'll try," answered Dannie.
+
+"And in the manetime, I'd just be givin' it twinty off me dandy
+little reel, and away goes me with Mr. Bass," said Jimmy. "I must
+take it to town and have its picture took to sind the Thrid Man."
+
+And that was the last straw. Dannie had given up being allowed to
+touch the rod, and was on his way to unhitch his team and do the
+evening work. The day had been trying and just for the moment he
+forgot everything save that his longing fingers had not touched
+that beautiful little fishing rod.
+
+"The Boston man forgot another thing," he said. "The Dude who
+shindys 'round with those things in pictures, wears a damn,
+dinky, little pleated coat!"
+
+
+
+Chapter VIII
+
+WHEN THE BLACK BASS STRUCK
+
+
+"Lots of fish down in the brook,
+All you need is a rod, and a line, and a hook,"
+
+
+Hummed Jimmy, still lovingly fingering his possessions.
+
+"Did Dannie iver say a thing like that to you before?" asked
+Mary.
+
+"Oh, he's dead sore," explained Jimmy. "He thinks he should have
+had a jinted rod, too."
+
+"And so he had," replied Mary. "You said yoursilf that you might
+have killed that man if Dannie hadn't showed you that you were
+wrong."
+
+"You must think stuff like this is got at the tin-cint store,"
+said Jimmy.
+
+"Oh, no I don't!" said Mary. "I expect it cost three or four
+dollars."
+
+"Three or four dollars," sneered Jimmy. "All the sinse a woman
+has! Feast your eyes on this book and rade that just this little
+reel alone cost fifteen, and there's no telling what the rod is
+worth. Why it's turned right out of pure steel, same as if it
+were wood. Look for yoursilf."
+
+"Thanks, no! I'm afraid to touch it," said Mary.
+
+"Oh, you are sore too!" laughed Jimmy. "With all that money in
+it, I should think you could see why I wouldn't want it broke."
+
+"You've sat there and whipped it around for an hour. Would it
+break it for me or Dannie to do the same thing? If it had been
+his, you'd have had a worm on it and been down to the river
+trying it for him by now."
+
+"Worm!" scoffed Jimmy. "A worm! That's a good one! Idjit! You
+don't fish with worms with a jinted rod."
+
+"Well what do you fish with? Humming birds?"
+
+"No. You fish with--" Jimmy stopped and eyed Mary dubiously. "You
+fish with a lot of things," he continued. "Some of thim come in
+little books and they look like moths, and some like
+snake-faders, and some of them are buck-tail and bits of tin,
+painted to look shiny. Once there was a man in town who had a
+minnie made of rubber and all painted up just like life. There
+were hooks on its head, and on its back, and its belly, and its
+tail, so's that if a fish snapped at it anywhere it got hooked."
+
+"I should say so!" exclaimed Mary. "It's no fair way to fish, to
+use more than one hook. You might just as well take a net and
+wade in and seine out the fish as to take a lot of hooks and rake
+thim out."
+
+"Well, who's going to take a lot of hooks and rake thim out?"
+
+"I didn't say anybody was. I was just saying it wouldn't be fair
+to the fish if they did."
+
+"Course I wouldn't fish with no riggin' like that, when Dannie
+only has one old hook. Whin we fish for the Bass, I won't use but
+one hook either. All the same, I'm going to have some of those
+fancy baits. I'm going to get Jim Skeels at the drug store to
+order thim for me. I know just how you do," said Jimmy
+flourishing the rod. "You put on your bait and quite a heavy
+sinker, and you wind it up to the ind of your rod, and thin you
+stand up in your boat----"
+
+"Stand up in your boat!"
+
+"I wish you'd let me finish!--or on the bank, and you take this
+little whipper-snapper, and you touch the spot on the reel that
+relases the thrid, and you give the rod a little toss, aisy as
+throwin' away chips, and off maybe fifty feet your bait hits the
+water, `spat!' and `snap!' goes Mr. Bass, and `stick!' goes the
+hook. See?"
+
+"What I see is that if you want to fish that way in the Wabash,
+you'll have to wait until the dredge goes through and they make a
+canal out of it; for be the time you'd throwed fifty feet, and
+your fish had run another fifty, there'd be just one hundred
+snags, and logs, and stumps between you; one for every foot of
+the way. It must look pretty on deep water, where it can be done
+right, but I bet anything that if you go to fooling with that on
+our river, Dannie gets the Bass."
+
+"Not much, Dannie don't `gets the Bass,'" said Jimmy confidently.
+"Just you come out here and let me show you how this works. Now
+you see, I put me sinker on the ind of the thrid, no hook of
+course, for practice, and I touch this little spring here, and
+give me little rod a whip and away goes me bait, slick as grase.
+Mr. Bass is layin' in thim bass weeds right out there, foreninst
+the pie- plant bed, and the bait strikes the water at the idge,
+see! and `snap,' he takes it and sails off slow, to swally it at
+leisure. Here's where I don't pull a morsel. Jist let him rin and
+swally, and whin me line is well out and he has me bait all
+digistid, `yank,' I give him the round-up, and THIN, the fun
+begins. He leps clear of the water and I see he's tin pound. If
+he rins from me, I give him rope, and if he rins to, I dig in,
+workin' me little machane for dear life to take up the thrid
+before it slacks. Whin he sees me, he makes a dash back, and I
+just got to relase me line and let him go, because he'd bust this
+little silk thrid all to thunder if I tried to force him
+onpleasant to his intintions, and so we kape it up until he's
+plum wore out and comes a promenadin' up to me boat, bank I mane,
+and I scoops him in, and that's sport, Mary! That's MAN'S
+fishin'! Now watch! He's in thim bass weeds before the pie-plant,
+like I said, and I'm here on the bank, and I THINK he's there, so
+I give me little jinted rod a whip and a swing----"
+
+Jimmy gave the rod a whip and a swing. The sinker shot in air,
+struck the limb of an apple tree and wound a dozen times around
+it. Jimmy said things and Mary giggled. She also noticed that
+Dannie had stopped work and was standing in the barn door
+watching intently. Jimmy climbed the tree, unwound the line and
+tried again.
+
+"I didn't notice that domn apple limb stickin' out there," he
+said. "Now you watch! Right out there among the bass weeds
+foreninst the pie-plant"
+
+To avoid another limb, Jimmy aimed too low and the sinker shot
+under the well platform not ten feet from him.
+
+"Lucky you didn't get fast in the bass weeds," said Mary as Jimmy
+reeled in.
+
+"Will, I got to get me range," explained Jimmy. "This time----"
+
+Jimmy swung too high. The spring slipped from under his
+unaccustomed thumb. The sinker shot above and behind him and
+became entangled in the eaves, while yards of the fine silk line
+flew off the spinning reel and dropped in tangled masses at his
+feet, and in an effort to do something Jimmy reversed the reel
+and it wound back on tangles and all until it became completely
+clogged. Mary had sat down on the back steps to watch the
+exhibition. Now, she stood up to laugh.
+
+"And THAT'S just what will happen to you at the river," she said.
+"While you are foolin' with that thing, which ain't for rivers,
+and which you don't know beans about handlin', Dannie will haul
+in the Bass, and serve you right, too!"
+
+"Mary," said Jimmy, "I niver struck ye in all me life, but if ye
+don't go in the house, and shut up, I'll knock the head off ye!"
+
+"I wouldn't be advisin' you to," she said. "Dannie is watching
+you."
+
+Jimmy glanced toward the barn in time to see Dannie's shaking
+shoulders as he turned from the door. With unexpected patience,
+he firmly closed his lips and went after a ladder. By the time he
+had the sinker loose and the line untangled, supper was ready. By
+the time he had mastered the reel, and could land the sinker
+accurately in front of various imaginary beds of bass weeds,
+Dannie had finished the night work in both stables and gone home.
+But his back door stood open and therefrom there protruded the
+point of a long, heavy cane fish pole. By the light of a lamp on
+his table, Dannie could be seen working with pincers and a ball
+of wire.
+
+"I wonder what he thinks he can do?" said Jimmy.
+
+"I suppose he is trying to fix some way to get that fifteen feet
+more line he needs," replied Mary.
+
+When they went to bed the light still burned and the broad
+shoulders of Dannie bent over the pole. Mary had fallen asleep,
+but she was awakened by Jimmy slipping from the bed. He went to
+the window and looked toward Dannie's cabin. Then he left the
+bedroom and she could hear him crossing to the back window of the
+next room. Then came a smothered laugh and he softly called her.
+She went to him.
+
+Dannie's figure stood out clear and strong in the moonlight, in
+his wood-yard. His black outline looked unusually powerful in the
+silvery whiteness surrounding it.
+
+He held his fishing pole in both hands and swept a circle about
+him that would have required considerable space on Lake Michigan,
+and made a cast toward the barn. The line ran out smoothly and
+evenly, and through the gloom Mary saw Jimmy's figure straighten
+and his lips close in surprise. Then Dannie began taking in line.
+That process was so slow, Jimmy doubled up and laughed again.
+
+"Be lookin' at that, will ye?" he heaved. "What does the domn
+fool think the Black Bass will be doin' while he is takin' in
+line on that young windlass?"
+
+"There'd be no room on the river to do that," answered Mary
+serenely. "Dannie wouldn't be so foolish as to try. All he wants
+now is to see if his line will run, and it will. Whin he gets to
+the river, he'll swing his bait where he wants it with his pole,
+like he always does, and whin the Bass strikes he'll give it the
+extra fifteen feet more line he said he needed, and thin he'll
+have a pole and line with which he can land it."
+
+"Not on your life he won't!" said Jimmy.
+
+He opened the back door and stepped out just as Dannie raised the
+pole again.
+
+"Hey, you! Quit raisin' Cain out there!" yelled Jimmy. "I want to
+get some sleep."
+
+Across the night, tinged neither with chagrin nor rancor, boomed
+the big voice of Dannie.
+
+"Believe I have my extra line fixed so it works all right," he
+said. "Awful sorry if I waked you. Thought I was quiet."
+
+"How much did you make off that?" inquired Mary.
+
+"Two points," answered Jimmy. "Found out that Dannie ain't sore
+at me any longer and that you are."
+
+Next morning was no sort of angler's weather, but the afternoon
+gave promise of being good fishing by the morrow. Dannie worked
+about the farms, preparing for winter; Jimmy worked with him
+until mid-afternoon, then he hailed a boy passing, and they went
+away together. At supper time Jimmy had not returned. Mary came
+to where Dannie worked.
+
+"Where's Jimmy?" she asked.
+
+"I dinna, know" said Dannie. "He went away a while ago with some
+boy, I didna notice who."
+
+"And he didn't tell you where he was going?"
+
+"No."
+
+"And he didn't take either of his fish poles?"
+
+"No."
+
+Mary's lips thinned to a mere line. "Then it's Casey's," she
+said, and turned away.
+
+Dannie was silent. Presently Mary came back.
+
+"If Jimmy don't come till morning," she asked, "or comes in shape
+that he can't fish, will you go without him?"
+
+"To-morrow was the day we agreed on," answered Dannie.
+
+"Will you go without him?" persisted Mary.
+
+"What would HE do if it were me?" asked Dannie.
+
+"When have you iver done to Jimmy Malone what he would do if he
+were you?"
+
+"Is there any reason why ye na want me to land the Black Bass,
+Mary?"
+
+"There is a particular reason why I don't want your living with
+Jimmy to make you like him," answered Mary. "My timper is being
+wined, and I can see where it's beginning to show on you.
+Whativer you do, don't do what he would."
+
+"Dinna be hard on him, Mary. He doesna think," urged Dannie.
+
+"You niver said twer words. He don't think. He niver thought
+about anybody in his life except himself, and he niver will."
+
+"Maybe he didna go to town!"
+
+"Maybe the sun won't rise in the morning, and it will always be
+dark after this! Come in and get your supper."
+
+"I'd best pick up something to eat at home," said Dannie.
+
+"I have some good food cooked, and it's a pity to be throwin' it
+away. What's the use? You've done a long day's work, more for us
+than yoursilf, as usual; come along and get your supper."
+
+Dannie went, and as he was washing at the back door, Jimmy came
+through the barn, and up the walk. He was fresh, and in fine
+spirits, and where ever he had been, it was a sure thing that it
+was nowhere near Casey's.
+
+"Where have you been?" asked Mary wonderingly.
+
+"Robbin' graves," answered Jimmy promptly. "I needed a few stiffs
+in me business so I just went out to Five Mile and got them."
+
+"What are ye going to do with them, Jimmy?" chuckled Dannie.
+
+"Use thim for Bass bait! Now rattle, old snake!" replied Jimmy.
+
+After supper Dannie went to the barn for the shovel to dig worms
+for bait, and noticed that Jimmy's rubber waders hanging on the
+wall were covered almost to the top with fresh mud and water
+stains, and Dannie's wonder grew.
+
+Early the next morning they started for the river. As usual Jimmy
+led the way. He proudly carried his new rod. Dannie followed with
+a basket of lunch Mary had insisted on packing, his big cane
+pole, a can of worms, and a shovel, in case they ran out of bait.
+
+Dannie had recovered his temper, and was just great-hearted, big
+Dannie again. He talked about the south wind, and shivered with
+the frost, and listened for the splash of the Bass. Jimmy had
+little to say. He seemed to be thinking deeply. No doubt he felt
+in his soul that they should settle the question of who landed
+the Bass with the same rods they had used when the contest was
+proposed, and that was not all.
+
+When they came to the temporary bridge, Jimmy started across it,
+and Dannie called to him to wait, he was forgetting his worms.
+
+"I don't want any worms," answered Jimmy briefly. He walked on.
+Dannie stood staring after him, for he did not understand that.
+Then he went slowly to his side of the river, and deposited his
+load under a tree where it would be out of the way.
+
+He lay down his pole, took a rude wooden spool of heavy fish cord
+from his pocket, and passed the line through the loop next the
+handle and so on the length of the rod to the point. Then he
+wired on a sharp bass hook, and wound the wire far up the doubled
+line. As he worked, he kept an eye on Jimmy. He was doing
+practically the same thing. But just as Dannie had fastened on a
+light lead to carry his line, a souse in the river opposite
+attracted his attention. Jimmy hauled from the water a minnow
+bucket, and opening it, took out a live minnow, and placed it on
+his hook. "Riddy," he called, as he resank the bucket, and stood
+on the bank, holding his line in his fingers, and watching the
+minnow play at his feet.
+
+The fact that Dannie was a Scotchman, and unusually slow and
+patient, did not alter the fact that he was just a common human
+being. The lump that rose in his throat was so big, and so hard,
+he did not try to swallow it. He hurried back into Rainbow
+Bottom. The first log he came across he kicked over, and
+grovelling in the rotten wood and loose earth with his hands, he
+brought up a half dozen bluish-white grubs. He tore up the ground
+for the length of the log, and then he went to others, cramming
+the worms and dirt with them into his pockets. When he had
+enough, he went back, and with extreme care placed three of them
+on his hook. He tried to see how Jimmy was going to fish, but he
+could not tell.
+
+So Dannie decided that he would cast in the morning, fish deep at
+noon, and cast again toward evening.
+
+He rose, turned to the river, and lifted his rod. As he stood
+looking over the channel, and the pool where the Bass homed, the
+Kingfisher came rattling down the river, and as if in answer to
+its cry, the Black Bass gave a leap, that sent the water flying.
+
+"Ready!" cried Dannie, swinging his pole over the water.
+
+As the word left his lips, "whizz," Jimmy's minnow landed in the
+middle of the circles widening about the rise of the Bass. There
+was a rush and a snap, and Dannie saw the jaws of the big fellow
+close within an inch of the minnow, and he swam after it for a
+yard, as Jimmy slowly reeled in. Dannie waited a second, and then
+softly dropped his grubs on the water just before where he
+figured the Bass would be. He could hear Jimmy smothering oaths.
+Dannie said something himself as his untouched bait neared the
+bank. He lifted it, swung it out, and slowly trailed it in again.
+"Spat!" came Jimmy's minnow almost at his feet, and again the
+Bass leaped for it. Again he missed. As the minnow reeled away
+the second time, Dannie swung his grubs higher, and struck the
+water "Spat," as the minnow had done. "Snap," went the Bass. One
+instant the line strained, the next the hook came up stripped
+clean of bait.
+
+Then Dannie and Jimmy really went at it, and they were strangers.
+Not a word of friendly banter crossed the river. They cast until
+the Bass grew suspicious, and would not rise to the bait; then
+they fished deep. Then they cast again. If Jimmy fell into
+trouble with his reel, Dannie had the honesty to stop fishing
+until it worked again, but he spent the time burrowing for grubs
+until his hands resembled the claws of an animal. Sometimes they
+sat, and still- fished. Sometimes, they warily slipped along the
+bank, trailing bait a few inches under water. Then they would
+cast and skitter by turns.
+
+The Kingfisher struck his stump, and tilted on again. His mate,
+and their family of six followed in his lead, so that their
+rattle was almost constant. A fussy little red-eyed vireo asked
+questions, first of Jimmy, and then crossing the river besieged
+Dannie, but neither of the stern-faced fishermen paid it any
+heed. The blackbirds swung on the rushes, and talked over the
+season. As always, a few crows cawed above the deep woods, and
+the chewinks threshed about among the dry leaves. A band of larks
+were gathering for migration, and the frosty air was vibrant with
+their calls to each other.
+
+Killdeers were circling above them in flocks. A half dozen robins
+gathered over a wild grapevine, and chirped cheerfully, as they
+pecked at the frosted fruit. At times, the pointed nose of a
+muskrat wove its way across the river, leaving a shining ripple
+in its wake. In the deep woods squirrels barked and chattered.
+Frost-loosened crimson leaves came whirling down, settling in a
+bright blanket that covered the water several feet from the bank,
+and unfortunate bees that had fallen into the river struggled
+frantically to gain a footing on them. Water beetles shot over
+the surface in small shining parties, and schools of tiny minnows
+played along the banks. Once a black ant assassinated an enemy on
+Dannie's shoe, by creeping up behind it and puncturing its
+abdomen.
+
+Noon came, and neither of the fishermen spoke or moved from their
+work. The lunch Mary had prepared with such care they had
+forgotten. A little after noon, Dannie got another strike, deep
+fishing. Mid-afternoon found them still even, and patiently
+fishing. Then it was not so long until supper time, and the air
+was steadily growing colder. The south wind had veered to the
+west, and signs of a black frost were in the air. About this time
+the larks arose as with one accord, and with a whirr of wings
+that proved how large the flock was, they sailed straight south.
+
+Jimmy hauled his minnow bucket from the river, poured the water
+from it, and picked his last minnow, a dead one, from the grass.
+Dannie was watching him, and rightly guessed that he would fish
+deep. So Dannie scooped the remaining dirt from his pockets, and
+found three grubs. He placed them on his hook, lightened his
+sinker, and prepared to skitter once more.
+
+Jimmy dropped his minnow beside the Kingfisher stump, and let it
+sink. Dannie hit the water at the base of the stump, where it had
+not been disturbed for a long time, a sharp "Spat," with his
+worms. Something seized his bait, and was gone. Dannie planted
+his feet firmly, squared his jaws, gripped his rod, and loosened
+his line. As his eye followed it, he saw to his amazement that
+Jimmy's line was sailing off down the river beside his, and heard
+the reel singing.
+
+Dannie was soon close to the end of his line. He threw his weight
+into a jerk enough to have torn the head from a fish, and down
+the river the Black Bass leaped clear of the water, doubled, and
+with a mighty shake tried to throw the hook from his mouth.
+
+"Got him fast, by God!" screamed Jimmy in triumph.
+
+Straight toward them rushed the fish. Jimmy reeled wildly; Dannie
+gathered in his line by yard lengths, and grasped it with the
+hand that held the rod. Near them the Bass leaped again, and sped
+back down the river. Jimmy's reel sang, and Dannie's line jerked
+through his fingers. Back came the fish. Again Dannie gathered in
+line, and Jimmy reeled frantically. Then Dannie, relying on the
+strength of his line thought he could land the fish, and steadily
+drew it toward him. Jimmy's reel began to sing louder, and his
+line followed Dannie's. Instantly Jimmy went wild.
+
+"Stop pullin' me little silk thrid!" he yelled. "I've got the
+Black Bass hooked fast as a rock, and your domn clothes line is
+sawin' across me. Cut there! Cut that domn rope! Quick!"
+
+"He's mine, and I'll land him!" roared Dannie. "Cut yoursel', and
+let me get my fish!"
+
+So it happened, that when Mary Malone, tired of waiting for the
+boys to come, and anxious as to the day's outcome, slipped down
+to the Wabash to see what they were doing, she heard sounds that
+almost paralyzed her. Shaking with fear, she ran toward the
+river, and paused at a little thicket behind Dannie.
+
+Jimmy danced and raged on the opposite bank. "Cut!" he yelled.
+"Cut that domn cable, and let me Bass loose! Cut your line, I
+say!"
+
+Dannie stood with his feet planted wide apart, and his jaws set.
+He drew his line steadily toward him, and Jimmy's followed. "Ye
+see!" exulted Dannie. "Ye're across me. The Bass is mine! Reel
+out your line till I land him, if ye dinna want it broken."
+
+"If you don't cut your domn line, I will!" raved Jimmy.
+
+"Cut nothin'!" cried Dannie. "Let's see ye try to touch it!"
+
+Into the river went Jimmy; splash went Dannie from his bank. He
+was nearer the tangled lines, but the water was deepest on his
+side, and the mud of the bed held his feet. Jimmy reached the
+crossed lines, knife in hand, by the time Dannie was there.
+
+"Will you cut?" cried Jimmy.
+
+"Na!" bellowed Dannie. "I've give up every damn thing to ye all
+my life, but I'll no give up the Black Bass. He's mine, and I'll
+land him!"
+
+Jimmy made a lunge for the lines. Dannie swung his pole backward
+drawing them his way. Jimmy slashed again. Dannie dropped his
+pole, and with a sweep, caught the twisted lines in his fingers.
+
+"Noo, let's see ye cut my line! Babby!" he jeered.
+
+Jimmy's fist flew straight, and the blood streamed from Dannie's
+nose. Dannie dropped the lines, and straightened. "You--" he
+panted. "You--" And no other words came.
+
+If Jimmy had been possessed of any small particle of reason, he
+lost it at the sight of blood on Dannie's face.
+
+"You're a domn fish thief!" he screamed.
+
+"Ye lie!" breathed Dannie, but his hand did not lift.
+
+"You are a coward! You're afraid to strike like a man! Hit me!
+You don't dare hit me!"
+
+"Ye lie!" repeated Dannie.
+
+"You're a dog!" panted Jimmy. "I've used you to wait on me all me
+life!"
+
+"THAT'S the God's truth!" cried Dannie. But he made no movement
+to strike. Jimmy leaned forward with a distorted, insane face.
+
+"That time you sint me to Mary for you, I lied to her, and
+married her meself. NOW, will you fight like a man?"
+
+Dannie made a spring, and Jimmy crumpled up in his grasp.
+
+"Noo, I will choke the miserable tongue out of your heid, and
+twist the heid off your body, and tear the body to mince-meat,"
+raved Dannie, and he promptly began the job.
+
+With one awful effort Jimmy tore the gripping hands from his
+throat a little. "Lie!" he gasped. "It's all a lie!"
+
+"It's the truth! Before God it's the truth!" Mary Malone tried to
+scream behind them. "It's the truth! It's the truth!" And her
+ears told her that she was making no sound as with dry lips she
+mouthed it over and over. And then she fainted, and sank down in
+the bushes.
+
+Dannie's hands relaxed a little, he lifted the weight of Jimmy's
+body by his throat, and set him on his feet. "I'll give ye juist
+ane chance," he said. "IS THAT THE TRUTH?"
+
+Jimmy's awful eyes were bulging from his head, his hands were
+clawing at Dannie's on his throat, and his swollen lips repeated
+it over and over as breath came, "It's a lie! It's a lie!"
+
+"I think so myself," said Dannie. "Ye never would have dared.
+Ye'd have known that I'd find out some day, and on that day, I'd
+kill ye as I would a copperhead."
+
+"A lie!" panted Jimmy.
+
+"Then WHY did ye tell it?" And Dannie's fingers threatened to
+renew their grip.
+
+"I thought if I could make you strike back," gasped Jimmy, "my
+hittin' you wouldn't same so bad."
+
+Then Dannie's hands relaxed. "Oh, Jimmy! Jimmy!" he cried. "Was
+there ever any other mon like ye?"
+
+Then he remembered the cause of their trouble.
+
+"But, I'm everlastingly damned," Dannie went on, "if I'll gi'e up
+the Black Bass to ye, unless it's on your line. Get yourself up
+there on your bank!"
+
+The shove he gave Jimmy almost upset him, and Jimmy waded back,
+and as he climbed the bank, Dannie was behind him. After him he
+dragged a tangled mass of lines and poles, and at the last up the
+bank, and on the grass, two big fish; one, the great Black Bass
+of Horseshoe Bend; and the other nearly as large, a channel
+catfish; undoubtedly, one of those which had escaped into the
+Wabash in an overflow of the Celina reservoir that spring.
+
+"NOO, I'll cut," said Dannie. "Keep your eye on me sharp. See me
+cut my line at the end o' my pole." He snipped the line in two.
+"Noo watch," he cautioned, "I dinna want contra deection about
+this!"
+
+He picked up the Bass, and taking the line by which it was fast
+at its mouth, he slowly drew it through his fingers. The wiry
+silk line slipped away, and the heavy cord whipped out free.
+
+"Is this my line?" asked Dannie, holding it up.
+
+Jimmy nodded.
+
+"Is the Black Bass my fish? Speak up!" cried Dannie, dangling the
+fish from the line.
+
+"It's yours," admitted Jimmy.
+
+"Then I'll be damned if I dinna do what I please wi' my own!"
+cried Dannie. With trembling fingers he extracted the hook, and
+dropped it. He took the gasping big fish in both hands, and
+tested its weight. "Almost seex," he said. "Michty near seex!"
+And he tossed the Black Bass back into the Wabash.
+
+Then he stooped, and gathered up his pole and line.
+
+With one foot he kicked the catfish, the tangled silk line, and
+the jointed rod, toward Jimmy. "Take your fish!" he said. He
+turned and plunged into the river, recrossed it as he came,
+gathered up the dinner pail and shovel, passed Mary Malone, a
+tumbled heap in the bushes, and started toward his cabin.
+
+The Black Bass struck the water with a splash, and sank to the
+mud of the bottom, where he lay joyfully soaking his dry gills,
+parched tongue, and glazed eyes. He scooped water with his tail,
+and poured it over his torn jaw. And then he said to his progeny,
+"Children, let this be a warning to you. Never rise to but one
+grub at a time. Three is too good to be true! There is always a
+stinger in their midst." And the Black Bass ruefully shook his
+sore head and scooped more water.
+
+
+
+Chapter IX
+
+WHEN JIMMY MALONE CAME TO CONFESSION
+
+
+Dannie never before had known such anger as possessed him when he
+trudged homeward across Rainbow Bottom. His brain whirled in a
+tumult of conflicting passions, and his heart pained worse than
+his swelling face. In one instant the knowledge that Jimmy had
+struck him, possessed him with a desire to turn back and do
+murder. In the next, a sense of profound scorn for the cowardly
+lie which had driven him to the rage that kills encompassed him,
+and then in a surge came compassion for Jimmy, at the remberence
+of the excuse he had offered for saying that thing. How childish!
+But how like Jimmy! What was the use in trying to deal with him
+as if he were a man? A great spoiled, selfish baby was all he
+ever would be.
+
+The fallen leaves rustled about Dannie's feet. The blackbirds
+above him in chattering debate discussed migration. A stiff
+breeze swept the fields, topped the embankment, and rushed down
+circling about Dannie, and setting his teeth chattering, for he
+was almost as wet as if he had been completely immersed. As the
+chill struck in, from force of habit he thought of Jimmy. If he
+was ever going to learn how to take care of himself, a man past
+thirty-five should know. Would he come home and put on dry
+clothing? But when had Jimmy taken care of himself? Dannie felt
+that he should go back, bring him home, and make him dress
+quickly.
+
+A sharp pain shot across Dannie's swollen face. His lips shut
+firmly. No! Jimmy had struck him. And Jimmy was in the wrong. The
+fish was his, and he had a right to it. No man living would have
+given it up to Jimmy, after he had changed poles. And slipped
+away with a boy and gotten those minnows, too! And wouldn't offer
+him even one. Much good they had done him. Caught a catfish on a
+dead one! Wonder if he would take the catfish to town and have
+its picture taken! Mighty fine fish, too, that channel cat! If it
+hadn't been for the Black Bass, they would have wondered and
+exclaimed over it, and carefully weighed it, and commented on the
+gamy fight it made. Just the same he was glad, that he landed the
+Bass. And he got it fairly. If Jimmy's old catfish mixed up with
+his line, he could not help that. He baited, hooked, played, and
+landed the Bass all right, and without any minnows either.
+
+When he reached the top of the hill he realized that he was going
+to look back. In spite of Jimmy's selfishness, in spite of the
+blow, in spite of the ugly lie, Jimmy had been his lifelong
+partner, and his only friend, and stiffen his neck as he would,
+Dannie felt his head turning. He deliberately swung his fish pole
+into the bushes, and when it caught, as he knew it would, he set
+down his load, and turned as if to release it. Not a sight of
+Jimmy anywhere! Dannie started on.
+
+"We are after you, Jimmy Malone!"
+
+A thin, little, wiry thread of a cry, that seemed to come
+twisting as if wrung from the chill air about him, whispered in
+his ear, and Dannie jumped, dropped his load, and ran for the
+river. He couldn't see a sign of Jimmy. He hurried over the shaky
+little bridge they had built. The catfish lay gasping on the
+grass, the case and jointed rod lay on a log, but Jimmy was gone.
+
+Dannie gave the catfish a shove that sent it well into the river,
+and ran for the shoals at the lower curve of Horseshoe Bend. The
+tracks of Jimmy's crossing were plain, and after him hurried
+Dannie. He ran up the hill, and as he reached the top he saw
+Jimmy climb on a wagon out on the road. Dannie called, but the
+farmer touched up his horses and trotted away without hearing
+him. "The fool! To ride!" thought Dannie. "Noo he will chill to
+the bone!".
+
+Dannie cut across the fields to the lane and gathered up his
+load. With the knowledge that Jimmy had started for town came the
+thought of Mary. What was he going to say to her? He would have
+to make a clean breast of it, and he did not like the showing. In
+fact, he simply could not make a clean breast of it. Tell her? He
+could not tell her. He would lie to her once more, this one time
+for himself. He would tell her he fell in the river to account
+for his wet clothing and bruised face, and wait until Jimmy came
+home and see what he told her.
+
+He went to the cabin and tapped at the door; there was no answer,
+so he opened it and set the lunch basket inside. Then he hurried
+home, built a fire, bathed, and put on dry clothing. He wondered
+where Mary was. He was ravenously hungry now. He did all the
+evening work, and as she still did not come, he concluded that
+she had gone to town, and that Jimmy knew she was there. Of
+course, that was it! Jimmy could get dry clothing of his
+brother-in-law. To be sure, Mary had gone to town. That was why
+Jimmy went.
+
+And he was right. Mary had gone to town. When sense slowly
+returned to her she sat up in the bushes and stared about her.
+Then she arose and looked toward the river. The men were gone.
+Mary guessed the situation rightly. They were too much of river
+men to drown in a few feet of water; they scarcely would kill
+each other. They had fought, and Dannie had gone home, and Jimmy
+to the consolation of Casey's. WHERE SHOULD SHE GO? Mary Malone's
+lips set in a firm line.
+
+"It's the truth! It's the truth!" she panted over and over, and
+now that there was no one to hear, she found that she could say
+it quite plainly. As the sense of her outraged womanhood swept
+over her she grew almost delirious. "I hope you killed him,
+Dannie Micnoun," she raved. "I hope you killed him, for if you
+didn't, I will. Oh! Oh!"
+
+She was almost suffocating with rage. The only thing clear to her
+was that she never again would live an hour with Jimmy Malone. He
+might have gone home. Probably he did go for dry clothing. She
+would go to her sister. She hurried across the bottom, with
+wavering knees she climbed the embankment, then skirting the
+fields, she half walked, half ran to the village, and selecting
+back streets and alleys, tumbled, half distracted, into the home
+of her sister.
+
+"Holy Vargin!" screamed Katy Dolan. "Whativer do be ailin' you,
+Mary Malone?"
+
+"Jimmy! Jimmy!" sobbed the shivering Mary.
+
+"I knew it! I knew it! I've ixpicted it for years!" cried Katy.
+
+"They've had a fight----"
+
+"Just what I looked for! I always told you they were too thick to
+last!"
+
+"And Jimmy told Dannie he'd lied to me and married me
+himsilf----"
+
+"He did! I saw him do it!" screamed Katy.
+
+"And Dannie tried to kill him----"
+
+"I hope to Hivin he got it done, for if any man iver naded
+killin'! A carpse named Jimmy Malone would a looked good to me
+any time these fiftane years. I always said----"
+
+"And he took it back----"
+
+"Just like the rid divil! I knew he'd do it! And of course that
+mutton-head of a Dannie Micnoun belaved him, whativer he said"
+
+"Of course he did!"
+
+"I knew it! Didn't I say so first?"
+
+"And I tried to scrame and me tongue stuck----"
+
+"Sure! You poor lamb! My tongue always sticks! Just what I
+ixpicted!"
+
+"And me head just went round and I keeled over in the bushes----"
+
+"I've told Dolan a thousand times! I knew it! It's no news to
+me!"
+
+"And whin I came to, they were gone, and I don't know where, and
+I don't care! But I won't go back! I won't go back! I'll not live
+with him another day. Oh, Katy! Think how you'd feel if some one
+had siparated you and Dolan before you'd iver been togither!"
+
+Katie Dolan gathered her sister into her arms. "You poor lamb,"
+she wailed. "I've known ivery word of this for fiftane years, and
+if I'd had the laste idea 'twas so, I'd a busted Jimmy Malone to
+smithereens before it iver happened!"
+
+"I won't go back! I won't go back!" raved Mary.
+
+"I guess you won't go back," cried Katy, patting every available
+spot on Mary, or making dashes at her own eyes to stop the flow
+of tears. "I guess you won't go back! You'll stay right here with
+me. I've always wanted you! I always said I'd love to have you!
+I've told thim from the start there was something wrong out
+there! I've ixpicted you ivry day for years, and I niver was so
+surprised in all me life as whin you came! Now, don't you shed
+another tear. The Lord knows this is enough, for anybody. None at
+all would be too many for Jimmy Malone. You get right into bid,
+and I'll make you a cup of rid-pipper tay to take the chill out
+of you. And if Jimmy Malone comes around this house I'll lav him
+out with the poker, and if Dannie Micnoun comes saft-saddering
+after him I'll stritch him out too; yis, and if Dolan's got
+anything to say, he can take his midicine like the rist. The min
+are all of a pace anyhow! I've always said it! If I wouldn't like
+to get me fingers on that haythen; never goin' to confission,
+spindin' ivrything on himself you naded for dacent livin'! Lit
+him come! Just lit him come!"
+
+Thus forestalled with knowledge, and overwhelmed with kindness,
+Mary Malone cuddled up in bed and sobbed herself to sleep, and
+Katy Dolan assured her, as long as she was conscious, that she
+always had known it, and if Jimmy Malone came near, she had the
+poker ready.
+
+Dannie did the evening work. When he milked he drank most of it,
+but that only made him hungrier, so he ate the lunch he had
+brought back from the river, as he sat before a roaring fire. His
+heart warmed with his body. Irresponsible Jimmy always had
+aroused something of the paternal instinct in Dannie. Some one
+had to be responsible, so Dannie had been. Some way he felt
+responsible now. With another man like himself, it would have
+been man to man, but he always had spoiled Jimmy; now who was to
+blame that he was spoiled?
+
+Dannie was very tired, his face throbbed and ached painfully, and
+it was a sight to see. His bed never had looked so inviting, and
+never had the chance to sleep been further away. With a sigh, he
+buttoned his coat, twisted an old scarf around his neck, and
+started for the barn. There was going to be a black frost. The
+cold seemed to pierce him. He hitched to the single buggy, and
+drove to town. He went to Casey's, and asked for Jimmy.
+
+"He isn't here," said Casey.
+
+"Has he been here?" asked Dannie.
+
+Casey hesitated, and then blurted out, "He said you wasn't his
+keeper, and if you came after him, to tell you to go to Hell."
+
+Then Dannie was sure that Jimmy was in the back room, drying his
+clothing. So he drove to Mrs. Dolan's, and asked if Mary were
+there for the night. Mrs. Dolan said she was, and she was going
+to stay, and he might tell Jimmy Malone that he need not come
+near them, unless he wanted his head laid open. She shut the door
+forcibly.
+
+Dannie waited until Casey closed at eleven, and to his
+astonishment Jimmy was not among the men who came out. That meant
+that he had drank lightly after all, slipped from the back door,
+and gone home. And yet, would he do it, after what he had said
+about being afraid? If he had not drank heavily, he would not go
+into the night alone, when he had been afraid in the daytime.
+Dannie climbed from the buggy once more, and patiently searched
+the alley and the street leading to the footpath across farms. No
+Jimmy. Then Dannie drove home, stabled his horse, and tried
+Jimmy's back door. It was unlocked. If Jimmy were there, he
+probably would be lying across the bed in his clothing, and
+Dannie knew that Mary was in town. He made a light, and
+cautiously entered the sleeping room, intending to undress and
+cover Jimmy, but Jimmy was not there.
+
+Dannie's mouth fell open. He put out the light, and stood on the
+back steps. The frost had settled in a silver sheen over the
+roofs of the barns and the sheds, and a scum of ice had frozen
+over a tub of drippings at the well. Dannie was bitterly cold. He
+went home, and hunted out his winter overcoat, lighted his
+lantern, picked up a heavy cudgel in the corner, and started to
+town on foot over the path that lay across the fields. He
+followed it to Casey's back door. He went to Mrs. Dolan's again,
+but everything was black and silent there. There had been evening
+trains. He thought of Jimmy's frequent threat to go away. He
+dismissed that thought grimly. There had been no talk of going
+away lately, and he knew that Jimmy had little money. Dannie
+started for home, and for a rod on either side he searched the
+path. As he came to the back of the barns, he rated himself for
+not thinking of them first. He searched both of them, and all
+around them, and then wholly tired, and greatly disgusted, he
+went home and to bed. He decided that Jimmy HAD gone to Mrs.
+Dolan's and that kindly woman had relented and taken him in. Of
+course that was where he was.
+
+Dannie was up early in the morning. He wanted to have the work
+done before Mary and Jimmy came home. He fed the stock, milked,
+built a fire, and began cleaning the stables. As he wheeled the
+first barrow of manure to the heap, he noticed a rooster giving
+danger signals behind the straw-stack. At the second load it was
+still there, and Dannie went to see what alarmed it.
+
+Jimmy lay behind the stack, where he had fallen face down, and as
+Dannie tried to lift him he saw that he would have to cut him
+loose, for he had frozen fast in the muck of the barnyard. He had
+pitched forward among the rough cattle and horse tracks and
+fallen within a few feet of the entrance to a deep hollow eaten
+out of the straw by the cattle. Had he reached that shelter he
+would have been warm enough and safe for the night.
+
+Horrified, Dannie whipped out his knife, cut Jimmy's clothing
+loose and carried him to his bed. He covered him, and hitching up
+drove at top speed for a doctor. He sent the physician ahead and
+then rushed to Mrs. Dolan's. She saw him drive up and came to the
+door.
+
+"Send Mary home and ye come too," Dannie called before she had
+time to speak. "Jimmy lay oot all last nicht, and I'm afraid he's
+dead."
+
+Mrs. Dolan hurried in and repeated the message to Mary. She sat
+speechless while her sister bustled about putting on her wraps.
+
+"I ain't goin'," she said shortly. "If I got sight of him, I'd
+kill him if he wasn't dead."
+
+"Oh, yis you are goin'," said Katy Dolan. "If he's dead, you
+know, it will save you being hanged for killing him. Get on these
+things of mine and hurry. You got to go for decency sake; and
+kape a still tongue in your head. Dannie Micnoun is waiting for
+us."
+
+Together they went out and climbed into the carriage. Mary said
+nothing, but Dannie was too miserable to notice.
+
+"You didn't find him thin, last night?" asked Mrs. Dolan.
+
+"Na!" shivered Dannie. "I was in town twice. I hunted almost all
+nicht. At last I made sure you had taken him in and I went to
+bed. It was three o'clock then. I must have passed often, wi'in a
+few yards of him."
+
+"Where was he?" asked Katy.
+
+"Behind the straw-stack," replied Dannie.
+
+"Do you think he will die?"
+
+"Dee!" cried Dannie. "Jimmy dee! Oh, my God! We mauna let him!"
+
+Mrs. Dolan took a furtive peep at Mary, who, dry-eyed and white,
+was staring straight ahead. She was trembling and very pale, but
+if Katy Dolan knew anything she knew that her sister's face was
+unforgiving and she did not in the least blame her.
+
+Dannie reached home as soon as the horse could take them, and
+under the doctor's directions all of them began work. Mary did
+what she was told, but she did it deliberately, and if Dannie had
+taken time to notice her he would have seen anything but his idea
+of a woman facing death for any one she ever had loved. Mary's
+hurt went so deep, Mrs. Dolan had trouble to keep it covered.
+Some of the neighbors said Mary was cold-hearted, and some of
+them that she was stupefied with grief.
+
+Without stopping for food or sleep, Dannie nursed Jimmy. He
+rubbed, he bathed, he poulticed, he badgered the doctor and
+cursed his inability to do some good. To every one except Dannie,
+Jimmy's case was hopeless from the first. He developed double
+pneumonia in its worst form and he was in no condition to endure
+it in the lightest. His labored breathing could be heard all over
+the cabin, and he could speak only in gasps. On the third day he
+seemed a little better, and when Dannie asked what he could do
+for him, "Father Michael," Jimmy panted, and clung to Dannie's
+hand.
+
+Dannie sent a man and remained with Jimmy. He made no offer to go
+when the priest came.
+
+"This is probably in the nature of a last confession," said
+Father Michael to Dannie, "I shall have to ask you to leave us
+alone."
+
+Dannie felt the hand that clung to him relax, and the
+perspiration broke on his temples. "Shall I go, Jimmy?" he asked.
+
+Jimmy nodded. Dannie arose heavily and left the room. He sat down
+outside the door and rested his head in his hands.
+
+The priest stood beside Jimmy. "The doctor tells me it is
+difficult for you to speak," he said, "I will help you all I can.
+I will ask questions and you need only assent with your head or
+hand. Do you wish the last sacrament administered, Jimmy Malone?"
+
+The sweat rolled off Jimmy's brow. He assented.
+
+"Do you wish to make final confession?"
+
+A great groan shook Jimmy. The priest remembered a gay, laughing
+boy, flinging back a shock of auburn hair, his feet twinkling in
+the lead of the dance. Here was ruin to make the heart of
+compassion ache. The Father bent and clasped the hand of Jimmy
+firmly. The question he asked was between Jimmy Malone and his
+God. The answer almost strangled him.
+
+"Can you confess that mortal sin, Jimmy?" asked the priest.
+
+The drops on Jimmy's face merged in one bath of agony. His hands
+clenched and his breath seemed to go no lower than his throat.
+
+"Lied--Dannie," he rattled. "Sip-rate him--and Mary."
+
+"Are you trying to confess that you betrayed a confidence of
+Dannie Macnoun and married the girl who belonged to him,
+yourself?"
+
+Jimmy assented.
+
+His horrified eyes hung on the priest's face and saw it turn cold
+and stern. Always the thing he had done had tormented him; but
+not until the past summer had he begun to realize the depth of
+it, and it had almost unseated his reason. But not until now had
+come fullest appreciation, and Jimmy read it in the eyes filled
+with repulsion above him.
+
+"And with that sin on your soul, you ask the last sacrament and
+the seal of forgiveness! You have not wronged God and the Holy
+Catholic Church as you have this man, with whom you have lived
+for years, while you possessed his rightful wife. Now he is here,
+in deathless devotion, fighting to save you. You may confess to
+him. If he will forgive you, God and the Church will ratify it,
+and set the seal on your brow. If not, you die unshriven! I will
+call Dannie Macnoun."
+
+One gurgling howl broke from the swollen lips of Jimmy.
+
+As Dannie entered the room, the priest spoke a few words to him,
+stepped out and closed the door. Dannie hurried to Jimmy's side.
+
+"He said ye wanted to tell me something," said Dannie. "What is
+it? Do you want me to do anything for you?"
+
+Suddenly Jimmy struggled to a sitting posture. His popping eyes
+almost burst from their sockets as he clutched Dannie with both
+hands. The perspiration poured in little streams down his
+dreadful face.
+
+"Mary," the next word was lost in a strangled gasp. Then came
+"yours" and then a queer rattle. Something seemed to give way.
+"The Divils!" he shrieked. "The Divils have got me!"
+
+Snap! his heart failed, and Jimmy Malone went out to face his
+record, unforgiven by man, and unshriven by priest.
+
+
+
+Chapter X
+
+DANNIE'S RENUNCIATION
+
+
+So they stretched Jimmy's length on Five Mile Hill beside the
+three babies that had lacked the "vital spark." Mary went to the
+Dolans for the winter and Dannie was left, sole occupant of
+Rainbow Bottom. Because so much fruit and food that would freeze
+were stored there, he was even asked to live in Jimmy's cabin.
+
+Dannie began the winter stolidly. All day long and as far as he
+could find anything to do in the night, he worked. He mended
+everything about both farms, rebuilt all the fences and as a
+never-failing resource, he cut wood. He cut so much that he began
+to realize that it would get too dry and the burning of it would
+become extravagant, so he stopped that and began making some
+changes he had long contemplated. During fur time he set his line
+of traps on his side of the river and on the other he religiously
+set Jimmy's.
+
+But he divided the proceeds from the skins exactly in half, no
+matter whose traps caught them, and with Jimmy's share of the
+money he started a bank account for Mary. As he could not use all
+of them he sold Jimmy's horses, cattle and pigs. With half the
+stock gone he needed only half the hay and grain stored for
+feeding. He disposed of the chickens, turkeys, ducks, and geese
+that Mary wanted sold, and placed the money to her credit. He
+sent her a beautiful little red bank book and an explanation of
+all these transactions by Dolan. Mary threw the book across the
+room because she wanted Dannie to keep her money himself, and
+then cried herself to sleep that night, because Dannie had sent
+the book instead of bringing it. But when she fully understood
+the transactions and realized that if she chose she could spend
+several hundred dollars, she grew very proud of that book.
+
+About the empty cabins and the barns, working on the farms,
+wading the mud and water of the river bank, or tingling with cold
+on the ice went two Dannies. The one a dull, listless man,
+mechanically forcing a tired, overworked body to action, and the
+other a self- accused murderer.
+
+"I am responsible for the whole thing," he told himself many
+times a day. "I always humored Jimmy. I always took the muddy
+side of the road, and the big end of the log, and the hard part
+of the work, and filled his traps wi' rats from my own; why in
+God's name did I let the Deil o' stubbornness in me drive him to
+his death. noo? Why didna I let him have the Black Bass? Why
+didna I make him come home and put on dry clothes? I killed him,
+juist as sure as if I'd taken an ax and broken his heid."
+
+Through every minute of the exposure of winter outdoors and the
+torment of it inside, Dannie tortured himself. Of Mary he seldom
+thought at all. She was safe with her sister, and although
+Dannie did not know when or how it happened, he awoke one day to
+the realization that he had renounced her. He had killed Jimmy;
+he could not take his wife and his farm. And Dannie was so numb
+with long-suffering, that he did not much care. There come times
+when troubles pile so deep that the edge of human feeling is
+dulled.
+
+He would take care of Mary, yes, she was as much Jimmy's as his
+farm, but he did not want her for himself now. If he had to kill
+his only friend, he would not complete his downfall by trying to
+win his wife. So through that winter Mary got very little
+consideration in the remorseful soul of Dannie, and Jimmy grew,
+as the dead grow, by leaps and bounds, until by spring Dannie had
+him well-nigh canonized.
+
+When winter broke, Dannie had his future well mapped out. And
+that future was devotion to Jimmy's memory, with no more of Mary
+in it than was possible to keep out. He told himself that he was
+glad she was away and he did not care to have her return. Deep in
+his soul he harbored the feeling that he had killed Jimmy to make
+himself look victor in her eyes in such a small matter as taking
+a fish. And deeper yet a feeling that, everything considered,
+still she might mourn Jimmy more than she did.
+
+So Dannie definitely settled that he always would live alone on
+the farms. Mary should remain with her sister, and at his death,
+everything should be hers. The night he finally reached that
+decision, the Kingfisher came home. Dannie heard his rattle of
+exultation as he struck the embankment and the suffering man
+turned his face to the wall and sobbed aloud, so that for a
+little time he stifled Jimmy's dying gasps that in wakeful night
+hours sounded in his ears. Early the next morning he drove
+through the village on his way to the county seat, with a load of
+grain. Dolan saw him and running home he told Mary. "He will be
+gone all day. Now is your chance!" he said.
+
+Mary sprang to her feet, "Hurry!" she panted, "hurry!"
+
+An hour later a loaded wagon, a man and three women drew up
+before the cabins in Rainbow Bottom. Mary, her sister, Dolan, and
+a scrub woman entered. Mary pointed out the objects which she
+wished removed, and Dolan carried them out. They took up the
+carpets, swept down the walls, and washed the windows. They hung
+pictures, prints, and lithographs, and curtained the windows in
+dainty white. They covered the floors with bright carpets, and
+placed new ornaments on the mantle, and comfortable furniture in
+the rooms. There was a white iron bed, and several rocking
+chairs, and a shelf across the window filled with potted
+hyacinths in bloom. Among them stood a glass bowl, containing
+three wonderful little gold fish, and from the top casing hung a
+brass cage, from which a green linnet sang an exultant song.
+
+You should have seen Mary Malone! When everything was finished,
+she was changed the most of all. She was so sure of Dannie, that
+while the winter had brought annoyance that he did not come, it
+really had been one long, glorious rest. She laughed and sang,
+and grew younger with every passing day. As youth surged back,
+with it returned roundness of form, freshness of face, and that
+bred the desire to be daintily dressed. So of pretty light
+fabrics she made many summer dresses, for wear mourning she would
+not.
+
+When calmness returned to Mary, she had told the Dolans the whole
+story. "Now do you ixpict me to grieve for the man?" she asked.
+"Fiftane years with him, through his lying tongue, whin by ivery
+right of our souls and our bodies, Dannie Micnoun and I belanged
+to each other. Mourn for him! I'm glad he's dead! Glad! Glad! If
+he had not died, I should have killed him, if Dannie did not! It
+was a happy thing that he died. His death saved me mortal sin.
+I'm glad, I tell you, and I do not forgive him, and I niver will,
+and I hope he will burn----"
+
+Katy Dolan clapped her hand over Mary's mouth. "For the love of
+marcy, don't say that!" she cried. "You will have to confiss it,
+and you'd be ashamed to face the praste."
+
+"I would not," cried Mary. "Father Michael knows I'm just an
+ordinary woman, he don't ixpict me to be an angel." But she left
+the sentence unfinished.
+
+After Mary's cabin was arranged to her satisfaction, they
+attacked Dannie's; emptying it, cleaning it completely, and
+refurnishing it from the best of the things that had been in
+both. Then Mary added some new touches. A comfortable big chair
+was placed by his fire, new books on his mantle, a flower in his
+window, and new covers on his bed. While the women worked, Dolan
+raked the yards, and freshened matters outside as best he could.
+When everything they had planned to do was accomplished, the
+wagon, loaded with the ugly old things Mary despised, drove back
+to the village, and she, with little Tilly Dolan for company,
+remained.
+
+Mary was tense with excitement. All the woman in her had yearned
+for these few pretty things she wanted for her home throughout
+the years that she had been compelled to live in crude, ugly
+surroundings; because every cent above plainest clothing and
+food, went for drink for Jimmy, and treats for his friends. Now
+she danced and sang, and flew about trying a chair here, and
+another there, to get the best effect. Every little while she
+slipped into her bedroom, stood before a real dresser, and pulled
+out its trays to make sure that her fresh, light dresses were
+really there. She shook out the dainty curtains repeatedly,
+watered the flowers, and fed the fish when they did not need it.
+She babbled incessantly to the green linnet, which with swollen
+throat rejoiced with her, and occasionally she looked in the
+mirror.
+
+She lighted the fire, and put food to cook. She covered a new
+table, with a new cloth, and set it with new dishes, and placed a
+jar of her flowers in the center. What a supper she did cook!
+When she had waited until she was near crazed with nervousness,
+she heard the wagon coming up the lane. Peeping from the window,
+she saw Dannie stop the horses short, and sit staring at the
+cabins, and she realized that smoke would be curling from the
+chimney, and the flowers and curtains would change the shining
+windows outside. She trembled with excitement, and than a great
+yearning seized her, as he slowly drove closer, for his brown
+hair was almost white, and the lines on his face seemed
+indelibly stamped. And then hot anger shook her. Fifteen years of
+her life wrecked, and look at Dannie! That was Jimmy Malone's
+work.
+
+Over and over, throughout the winter, she had planned this home-
+coming as a surprise to Dannie. Book-fine were the things she
+intended to say to him. When he opened the door, and stared at
+her and about the altered room, she swiftly went to him, and took
+the bundles he carried from his arms.
+
+"Hurry up, and unhitch, Dannie," she said. "Your supper is
+waiting."
+
+And Dannie turned and stolidly walked back to his team, without
+uttering a word.
+
+"Uncle Dannie!" cried a child's voice. "Please let me ride to the
+barn with you!"
+
+A winsome little maid came rushing to Dannie, threw her arms
+about his neck, and hugged him tight, as he stooped to lift her.
+Her yellow curls were against his cheek, and her breath was
+flower- sweet in his face.
+
+"Why didn't you kiss Aunt Mary?" she demanded. "Daddy Dolan
+always kisses mammy when he comes from all day gone. Aunt Mary's
+worked so hard to please you. And Daddie worked, and mammy
+worked, and another woman. You are pleased, ain't you, Uncle
+Dannie?"
+
+"Who told ye to call me Uncle?" asked Dannie, with unsteady lips.
+
+"She did!" announced the little woman, flourishing the whip in
+the direction of the cabin. Dannie climbed down to unhitch. "You
+are goin' to be my Uncle, ain't you, as soon as it's a little
+over a year, so folks won't talk?"
+
+"Who told ye that?" panted Dannie, hiding behind a horse.
+
+"Nobody told me! Mammy just SAID it to Daddy, and I heard,"
+answered the little maid. "And I'm glad of it, and so are all of
+us glad. Mammy said she'd just love to come here now, whin things
+would be like white folks. Mammy said Aunt Mary had suffered a
+lot more'n her share. Say, you won't make her suffer any more,
+will you?"
+
+"No," moaned Dannie, and staggered into the barn with the horses.
+He leaned against a stall, and shut his eyes. He could see the
+bright room, plainer than ever, and that little singing bird
+sounded loud as any thunder in his ears. And whether closed or
+open, he could see Mary, never in all her life so beautiful,
+never so sweet; flesh and blood Mary, in a dainty dress, with the
+shining, unafraid eyes of girlhood. It was that thing which
+struck Dannie first, and hit him hardest. Mary was a careless
+girl again. When before had he seen her with neither trouble,
+anxiety or, worse yet, FEAR, in her beautiful eyes?
+
+And she had come to stay. She would not have refurnished her
+cabin otherwise. Dannie took hold of the manger with both hands,
+because his sinking knees needed bracing.
+
+"Dannie," called Mary's voice in the doorway, "has my spickled
+hin showed any signs of setting yet?"
+
+"She's been over twa weeks," answered Dannie. "She's in that
+barrel there in the corner."
+
+Mary entered the barn, removed the prop, lowered the board, and
+kneeling, stroked the hen, and talked softly to her. She slipped
+a hand under the hen, and lifted her to see the eggs. Dannie
+staring at Mary noted closer the fresh, cleared skin, the glossy
+hair, the delicately colored cheeks, and the plumpness of the
+bare arms. One little wisp of curl lay against the curve of her
+neck, just where it showed rose-pink, and looked honey sweet. And
+in one great surge, the repressed stream of passion in the strong
+man broke, and Dannie swayed against his horse. His tongue stuck
+to the roof of his mouth, and he caught at the harness to steady
+himself, while he strove to grow accustomed to the fact that Hell
+had opened in a new form for him. The old heart hunger for Mary
+Malone was back in stronger force than ever before; and because
+of him Jimmy lay stretched on Five Mile Hill.
+
+"Dannie, you are just fine!" said Mary. "I've been almost wild to
+get home, because I thought iverything would be ruined, and
+instid of that it's all ixactly the way I do it. Do hurry, and
+get riddy for supper. Oh, it's so good to be home again! I want
+to make garden, and fix my flowers, and get some little chickens
+and turkeys into my fingers."
+
+"I have to go home, and wash, and spruce up a bit, for ladies,"
+said Dannie, leaving the barn.
+
+Mary made no reply, and it came to him that she expected it.
+"Damned if I will!" he said, as he started home. "If she wants to
+come here, and force herself on me, she can, but she canna mak'
+me"
+
+Just then Dannie stepped in his door, and slowly gazed about him.
+In a way his home was as completely transformed as hers. He
+washed his face and hands, and started for a better coat. His
+sleeping room shone with clean windows, curtained in snowy white.
+A freshly ironed suit of underclothing and a shirt lay on his
+bed. Dannie stared at them.
+
+"She think's I'll tog up in them, and come courtin'" he growled.
+"I'll show her if I do! I winna touch them!"
+
+To prove that he would not, Dannie caught them up in a wad, and
+threw them into a corner. That showed a clean sheet, fresh
+pillow, and new covers, invitingly spread back. Dannie turned as
+white as the pillow at which he stared.
+
+"That's a damn plain insinuation that I'm to get into ye," he
+said to the bed, "and go on living here. I dinna know as that
+child's jabber counts. For all I know, Mary may already have
+picked out some town dude to bring here and farm out on me, and
+they'll live with the bird cage. and I can go on climbin' into ye
+alone."
+
+Here was a new thought. Mary might mean only kindness to him
+again, as she had sent word by Jimmy she meant years ago. He
+might lose her for the second time. And again a wave of desire
+struck Dannie, and left him staggering.
+
+"Ain't you comin', Uncle Dannie?" called the child's voice at the
+back door.
+
+"What's your name, little lass?" inquired Dannie.
+
+"Tilly," answered the little girl promptly.
+
+"Well, Tilly, ye go tell your Aunt Mary I have been in an
+eelevator handlin' grain, and I'm covered wi' fine dust and chaff
+that sticks me. I canna come until I've had a bath, and put on
+clean clothing. Tell her to go ahead."
+
+The child vanished. In a second she was back. "She said she won't
+do it, and take all the time you want. But I wish you'd hurry,
+for she won't let me either."
+
+Dannie hurried. But the hasty bath and the fresh clothing felt so
+good he was in a softened mood when he approached Mary's door
+again. Tilly was waiting on the step, and ran to meet him. Tilly
+was a dream. Almost, Dannie understood why Mary had brought her.
+Tilly led him to the table, and pulled back a chair for him, and
+he lifted her into hers, and as Mary set dish after dish of food
+on the table, Tilly filled in every pause that threatened to grow
+awkward with her chatter. Dannie had been a very lonely man, and
+he did love Mary's cooking. Until then he had not realized how
+sore a trial six months of his own had been.
+
+"If I was a praying mon, I'd ask a blessing, and thank God fra
+this food," said Dannie.
+
+"What's the matter with me?" asked Mary.
+
+"I have never yet found anything," answered Dannie. "And I do
+thank ye fra everything. I believe I'm most thankful of all fra
+the clean clothes and the clean bed. I'm afraid I was neglectin'
+myself, Mary."
+
+"Will, you'll not be neglected any more," said Mary. "Things have
+turned over a new leaf here. For all you give, you get some
+return, after this. We are going to do business in a businesslike
+way, and divide even. I liked that bank account, pretty will,
+Dannie. Thank you, for that. And don't think I spint all of it. I
+didn't spind a hundred dollars all togither. Not the price of one
+horse! But it made me so happy I could fly. Home again, and the
+things I've always wanted, and nothing to fear. Oh, Dannie, you
+don't know what it manes to a woman to be always afraid! My heart
+is almost jumping out of my body, just with pure joy that the old
+fear is gone."
+
+"I know what it means to a mon to be afraid," said Dannie. And
+vividly before him loomed the awful, distorted, dying face of
+Jimmy.
+
+Mary guessed, and her bright face clouded.
+
+"Some day, Dannie, we must have a little talk," she said, "and
+clear up a few things neither of us understand. 'Til thin we will
+just farm, and be partners, and be as happy as iver we can. I
+don't know as you mean to, but if you do, I warn you right now
+that you need niver mintion the name of Jimmy Malone to me again,
+for any reason."
+
+Dannie left the cabin abruptly.
+
+"Now you gone and made him mad!" reproached Tilly.
+
+During the past winter Mary had lived with other married people
+for the first time, and she had imbibed some of Mrs. Dolan's
+philosophy.
+
+"Whin he smells the biscuit I mane to make for breakfast, he'll
+get glad again," she said, and he did.
+
+But first he went home, and tried to learn where he stood. WAS HE
+TRULY RESPONSIBLE FOR JIMMY'S DEATH? Yes. If he had acted like a
+man, he could have saved Jimmy. He was responsible. Did he want
+to marry Mary? Did he? Dannie reached empty arms to empty space,
+and groaned aloud. Would she marry him? Well, now, would she?
+After years of neglect and sorrow, Dannie knew that Mary had
+learned to prefer him to Jimmy. But almost any man would have
+been preferable to a woman, to Jimmy. Jimmy was distinctly a
+man's man. A jolly good fellow, but he would not deny himself
+anything, no matter what it cost his wife, and he had been very
+hard to live with. Dannie admitted that. So Mary had come to
+prefer him to Jimmy, that was sure; but it was not a question
+between him and Jimmy, now. It was between him, and any
+marriageable man that Mary might fancy.
+
+He had grown old, and gray, and wrinkled, though he was under
+forty. Mary had grown round, and young, and he had never seen her
+looking so beautiful. Surely she would want a man now as young,
+and as fresh as herself; and she might want to live in town after
+a while, if she grew tired of the country. Could he remember
+Jimmy's dreadful death, realize that he was responsible for it,
+and make love to his wife? No, she was sacred to Jimmy. Could he
+live beside her, and lose her to another man for the second time?
+No, she belonged to him. It was almost daybreak when Dannie
+remembered the fresh bed, and lay down for a few hours' rest.
+
+But there was no rest for Dannie, and after tossing about until
+dawn he began his work. When he carried the milk into the cabin,
+and smelled the biscuit, he fulfilled Mary's prophecy, got glad
+again, and came to breakfast. Then he went about his work. But as
+the day wore on, he repeatedly heard the voice of the woman and
+the child, combining in a chorus of laughter. From the little
+front porch, the green bird warbled and trilled. Neighbors who
+had heard of her return came up the lane to welcome a happy Mary
+Malone. The dead dreariness of winter melted before the spring
+sun, and in Dannie's veins the warm blood swept up, as the sap
+flooded the trees, and in spite of himself he grew gladder and
+yet gladder.
+
+He now knew how he had missed Mary. How he had loathed that
+empty, silent cabin. How remorse and heart hunger had gnawed at
+his vitals, and he decided that he would go on just as Mary had
+said, and let things drift; and when she was ready to have the
+talk with him she had mentioned, he would hear what she had to
+say. And as he thought over these things, he caught himself
+watching for furrows that Jimmy was not making on the other side
+of the field. He tried to talk to the robins and blackbirds
+instead of Jimmy, but they were not such good company. And when
+the day was over, he tried not to be glad that he was going to
+the shining eyes of Mary Malone, a good supper, and a clean bed,
+and it was not in the heart of man to do it.
+
+The summer wore on, autumn came, and the year Tilly had spoken of
+was over. Dannie went his way, doing the work of two men,
+thinking of everything, planning for everything, and he was all
+the heart of Mary Malone could desire, save her lover. By little
+Mary pieced it out. Dannie never mentioned fishing; he had lost
+his love for the river. She knew that he frequently took walks to
+Five Mile Hill. His devotion to Jimmy's memory was unswerving.
+And at last it came to her, that in death as in life, Jimmy
+Malone was separating them. She began to realize that there might
+be things she did not know. What had Jimmy told the priest? Why
+had Father Michael refused to confess Jimmy until he sent Dannie
+to him? What had passed between them? If it was what she had
+thought all year, why did it not free Dannie to her? If there was
+something more, what was it?
+
+Surely Dannie loved her. Much as he had cared for Jimmy, he had
+vowed that everything was for her first. She was eager to be his
+wife, and something bound him. One day, she decided to ask him.
+The next, she shrank in burning confusion, for when Jimmy Malone
+had asked for her love, she had admitted to him that she loved
+Dannie, and Jimmy had told her that it was no use, Dannie did not
+care for girls, and that he had said he wished she would not
+thrust herself upon him. On the strength of that statement Mary
+married Jimmy inside five weeks, and spent years in bitter
+repentance.
+
+That was the thing which held her now. If Dannie knew what she
+did, and did not care to marry her, how could she mention it?
+Mary began to grow pale, and lose sleep, and Dannie said the heat
+of the summer had tired her, and suggested that she go to Mrs.
+Dolan's for a weeks rest. The fact that he was willing, and
+possibly anxious to send her away for a whole week, angered Mary.
+She went.
+
+
+
+Chapter XI
+
+THE POT OF GOLD
+
+
+Mary had not been in the Dolan home an hour until Katy knew all
+she could tell of her trouble. Mrs. Dolan was practical. "Go to
+see Father Michael," she said. "What's he for but to hilp us. Go
+ask him what Jimmy told him. Till him how you feel and what you
+know. He can till you what Dannie knows and thin you will
+understand where you are at."
+
+Mary was on the way before Mrs. Dolan fully finished. She went to
+the priest's residence and asked his housekeeper to inquire if he
+would see her. He would, and Mary entered his presence strangely
+calm and self-possessed. This was the last fight she knew of that
+she could make for happiness, and if she lost, happiness was over
+for her. She had need of all her wit and she knew it. Father
+Michael began laughing as he shook hands.
+
+"Now look here, Mary," he said, "I've been expecting you. I warn
+you before you begin that I cannot sanction your marriage to a
+Protestant."
+
+"Oh, but I'm going to convart him!" cried Mary so quickly that
+the priest laughed harder than ever.
+
+"So that's the lay of the land!" he chuckled. "Well, if you'll
+guarantee that, I'll give in. When shall I read the banns?"
+
+"Not until we get Dannie's consint," answered Mary, and for the
+first her voice wavered.
+
+Father Michael looked his surprise. "Tut! Tut!" he said. "And is
+Dannie dilatory?"
+
+"Dannie is the finest man that will ever live in this world,"
+said Mary, "but he don't want to marry me."
+
+"To my certain knowledge Dannie has loved you all your life,"
+said Father Michael. "He wants nothing here or hereafter as he
+wants to marry you."
+
+"Thin why don't he till me so?" sobbed Mary, burying her burning
+face in her hands.
+
+"Has he said nothing to you?" gravely inquired the priest.
+
+"No, he hasn't and I don't belave he intinds to," answered Mary,
+wiping her eyes and trying to be composed. "There is something
+about Jimmy that is holding him back. Mrs. Dolan thought you'd
+help me."
+
+"What do you want me to do, Mary?" asked Father Michael.
+
+"Two things," answered Mary promptly. "I want you to tell me what
+Jimmy confissed to you before he died, and then I want you to
+talk to Dannie and show him that he is free from any promise that
+Jimmy might have got out of him. Will you?"
+
+"A dying confession--" began the priest.
+
+"Yes, but I know--" broke in Mary. "I saw them fight, and I heard
+Jimmy till Dannie that he'd lied to him to separate us, but he
+turned right around and took it back and I knew Dannie belaved
+him thin; but he can't after Jimmy confissed it again to both of
+you."
+
+"What do you mean by `saw them fight?'" Father Michael was
+leaning toward Mary anxiously.
+
+Mary told him.
+
+"Then that is the explanation to the whole thing," said the
+priest. "Dannie did believe Jimmy when he took it back, and he
+died before he could repeat to Dannie what he had told me. And I
+have had the feeling that Dannie thought himself in a way to
+blame for Jimmy's death."
+
+"He was not! Oh, he was not!" cried Mary Malone. "Didn't I live
+there with them all those years? Dannie always was good as gold
+to Jimmy. It was shameful the way Jimmy imposed on him, and spint
+his money, and took me from him. It was shameful! Shameful!"
+
+"Be calm! Be calm!" cautioned Father Michael. "I agree with you.
+I am only trying to arrive at Dannie's point of view. He well
+might feel that he was responsible, if after humoring Jimmy like
+a child all his life, he at last lost his temper and dealt with
+him as if he were a man. If that is the case, he is of honor so
+fine, that he would hesitate to speak to you, no matter what he
+suffered. And then it is clear to me that he does not understand
+how Jimmy separated you in the first place."
+
+"And lied me into marrying him, whin I told him over and over how
+I loved Dannie. Jimmy Malone took iverything I had to give, and
+he left me alone for fiftane years, with my three little dead
+babies, that died because I'd no heart to desire life for thim,
+and he took my youth, and he took my womanhood, and he took my
+man--" Mary arose in primitive rage. "You naden't bother!" she
+said. "I'm going straight to Dannie meself."
+
+"Don't!" said Father Michael softly. "Don't do that, Mary! It
+isn't the accepted way. There is a better! Let him come to you."
+
+"But he won't come! He don't know! He's in Jimmy's grip tighter
+in death than he was in life." Mary began to sob again.
+
+"He will come," said Father Michael. "Be calm! Wait a little, my
+child. After all these years, don't spoil a love that has been
+almost unequaled in holiness and beauty, by anger at the dead.
+Let me go to Dannie. We are good friends. I can tell him Jimmy
+made a confession to me, that he was trying to repeat to him,
+when punishment, far more awful than anything you have suffered,
+overtook him. Always remember, Mary, he died unshriven!" Mary
+began to shiver. "Your suffering is over," continued the priest.
+"You have many good years yet that you may spend with Dannie; God
+will give you living children, I am sure. Think of the years
+Jimmy's secret has hounded and driven him! Think of the penalty
+he must pay before he gets a glimpse of paradise, if he be not
+eternally lost!"
+
+"I have!" exclaimed Mary. "And it is nothing to the fact that he
+took Dannie from me, and yet kept him in my home while he
+possessed me himsilf for years. May he burn----"
+
+"Mary! Let that suffice!" cried the priest. "He will! The
+question now is, shall I go to Dannie?"
+
+"Will you till him just what Jimmy told you? Will you till him
+that I have loved him always?"
+
+"Yes," said Father Michael.
+
+"Will you go now?"
+
+"I cannot! I have work. I will come early in the morning."
+
+"You will till him ivirything?" she repeated.
+
+"I will," promised Father Michael.
+
+Mary went back to Mrs. Dolan's comforted. She was anxious to
+return home at once, but at last consented to spend the day. Now
+that she was sure Dannie did not know the truth, her heart warmed
+toward him. She was anxious to comfort and help him in the long
+struggle which she saw that he must have endured. By late
+afternoon she could bear it no longer and started back to Rainbow
+Bottom in time to prepare supper.
+
+For the first hour after Mary had gone Dannie whistled to keep up
+his courage. By the second he had no courage to keep. By the
+third he was indulging in the worst fit of despondency he ever
+had known. He had told her to stay a week. A week! It would be an
+eternity! There alone again! Could he bear it? He got through to
+mid- afternoon some way, and then in jealous fear and foreboding
+he became almost frantic. One way or the other, this thing must
+be settled. Fiercer raged the storm within him and at last toward
+evening it became unendurable.
+
+At its height the curling smoke from the chimney told him that
+Mary had come home. An unreasoning joy seized him. He went to the
+barn and listened. He could hear her moving about preparing
+supper. As he watched she came to the well for water and before
+she returned to the cabin she stood looking over the fields as if
+trying to locate him. Dannie's blood ran hotly and his pulses
+were leaping. "Go to her! Go to her now!" demanded passion,
+struggling to break leash. "You killed Jimmy! You murdered your
+friend!" cried conscience, with unyielding insistence. Poor
+Dannie gave one last glance at Mary, and then turned, and for the
+second time he ran from her as if pursued by demons. But this
+time he went straight to Five Mile Hill, and the grave of Jimmy
+Malone.
+
+He sat down on it, and within a few feet of Jimmy's bones, Dannie
+took his tired head in his hands, and tried to think, and for the
+life of him, he could think but two things. That he had killed
+Jimmy, and that to live longer without Mary would kill him. Hour
+after hour he fought with his lifelong love for Jimmy and his
+lifelong love for Mary. Night came on, the frost bit, the wind
+chilled, and the little brown owls screeched among the
+gravestones, and Dannie battled on. Morning came, the sun arose,
+and shone on Dannie, sitting numb with drawn face and bleeding
+heart.
+
+Mary prepared a fine supper the night before, and patiently
+waited, and when Dannie did not come, she concluded that he had
+gone to town, without knowing that she had returned. Tilly grew
+sleepy, so she put the child to bed, and presently she went
+herself. Father Michael would make everything right in the
+morning. But in the morning Dannie was not there, and had not
+been. Mary became alarmed. She was very nervous by the time
+Father Michael arrived. He decided to go to the nearest neighbor,
+and ask when Dannie had been seen last. As he turned from the
+lane into the road a man of that neighborhood was passing on his
+wagon, and the priest hailed him, and asked if he knew where
+Dannie Macnoun was.
+
+"Back in Five Mile Hill, a man with his head on his knees, is a-
+settin' on the grave of Jimmy Malone, and I allow that would be
+Dannie Macnoun, the damn fool!" he said.
+
+Father Michael went back to the cabin, and told Mary he had
+learned where Dannie was, and to have no uneasiness, and he would
+go to see him immediately.
+
+"And first of all you'll tell him how Jimmy lied to him?"
+
+"I will!" said the priest.
+
+He entered the cemetery, and walked slowly to the grave of Jimmy
+Malone. Dannie lifted his head, and stared at him.
+
+"I saw you," said Father Michael, "and I came in to speak with you."
+He took Dannie's hand. "You are here at this hour to my surprise."
+
+"I dinna know that ye should be surprised at my comin' to sit by
+Jimmy at ony time," coldly replied Dannie. "He was my only friend
+in life, and another mon so fine I'll never know. I often come here."
+
+The priest shifted his weight from one foot to the other, and
+then he sat down on a grave near Dannie. "For a year I have been
+waiting to talk with you," he said.
+
+Dannie wiped his face, and lifting his hat, ran his fingers
+through his hair, as if to arouse himself. His eyes were dull and
+listless. "I am afraid I am no fit to talk sensibly," he said. "I
+am much troubled. Some other time----"
+
+"Could you tell me your trouble?" asked Father Michael.
+
+Dannie shook his head.
+
+"I have known Mary Malone all her life," said the priest softly,
+"and been her confessor. I have known Jimmy Malone all his life,
+and heard his dying confession. I know what it was he was trying
+to tell you when he died. Think again!"
+
+Dannie Macnoun stood up. He looked at the priest intently. "Did
+ye come here purposely to find me?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"What do ye want?"
+
+"To clear your mind of all trouble, and fill your heart with
+love, and great peace, and rest. Our Heavenly Father knows that
+you need peace of heart, and rest, Dannie."
+
+"To fill my heart wi' peace, ye will have to prove to me that I'm
+no responsible fra the death of Jimmy Malone; and to give it
+rest, ye will have to prove to me that I'm free to marry his
+wife. Ye can do neither of those things."
+
+"I can do both," said the priest calmly. "My son, that is what I
+came to do."
+
+Dannie's face grew whiter and whiter, as the blood receded, and
+his big hands gripped at his sides.
+
+"Aye, but ye canna!" he cried desperately. "Ye canna!"
+
+"I can," said the priest. "Listen to me! Did Jimmy get anything
+at all said to you?"
+
+"He said, `Mary,' then he choked on the next word, then he gasped
+out `yours,' and it was over."
+
+"Have you any idea what he was trying to tell you?"
+
+"Na!" answered Dannie. "He was mortal sick, and half delirious,
+and I paid little heed. If he lived, he would tell me when he was
+better. If he died, nothing mattered, fra I was responsible, and
+better friend mon never had. There was nothing on earth Jimmy
+would na have done for me. He was so big hearted, so generous! My
+God, how I have missed him! How I have missed him!"
+
+"Your faith in Jimmy is strong," ventured the bewildered priest,
+for he did not see his way.
+
+Dannie lifted his head. The sunshine was warming him, and his
+thoughts were beginning to clear.
+
+"My faith in Jimmy Malone is so strong," he said, "that if I lost
+it, I never should trust another living mon. He had his faults to
+others, I admit that, but he never had ony to me. He was my
+friend, and above my life I loved him. I wad gladly have died to
+save him."
+
+"And yet you say you are responsible for his death!"
+
+"Let me tell ye!" cried Dannie eagerly, and began on the story
+the priest wanted to hear from him. As he finished Father
+Michael's face lighted.
+
+"What folly!" he said, "that a man of your intelligence should
+torture yourself with the thought of responsibility in a case
+like that. Any one would have claimed the fish in those
+circumstances. Priest that I am, I would have had it, even if I
+fought for it. Any man would! And as for what followed, it was
+bound to come! He was a tortured man, and a broken one. If he had
+not lain out that night, he would a few nights later. It was not
+in your power to save him. No man can be saved from himself,
+Dannie. Did what he said make no impression on you?"
+
+"Enough that I would have killed him with my naked hands if he
+had na taken it back. Of course he had to retract! If I believed
+that of Jimmy, after the life we lived together, I would curse
+God and mon, and break fra the woods, and live and dee there alone."
+
+"Then what was he trying to tell you when he died?" asked the
+bewildered priest.
+
+"To take care of Mary, I judge."
+
+"Not to marry her; and take her for your own?"
+
+Dannie began to tremble.
+
+"Remember, I talked with him first," said Father Michael, "and
+what he confessed to me, he knew was final. He died before he
+could talk to you, but I think it is time to tell you what he
+wanted to say. He--he--was trying--trying to tell you, that there
+was nothing but love in his heart for you. That he did not in any
+way blame you. That--that Mary was yours. That you were free to
+take her. That----"
+
+"What!" cried Dannie wildly. "Are ye sure? Oh, my God!"
+
+"Perfectly sure!" answered Father Michael. "Jimmy knew how long
+and faithfully you had loved Mary, and she had loved you----"
+
+"Mary had loved me? Carefu', mon! Are ye sure?"
+
+"I know," said Father Michael convincingly. "I give you my
+priestly word, I know, and Jimmy knew, and was altogether
+willing. He loved you deeply, as he could love any one, Dannie,
+and he blamed you for nothing at all. The only thing that would
+have brought Jimmy any comfort in dying, was to know that you
+would end your life with Mary, and not hate his memory."
+
+"Hate!" cried Dannie. "Hate! Father Michael, if ye have come to
+tell me that Jimmy na held me responsible fra his death, and was
+willing fra me to have Mary, your face looks like the face of God
+to me!" Dannie gripped the priest's hand. "Are ye sure? Are ye
+sure, mon?" He almost lifted Father Michael from the ground.
+
+"I tell you, I know! Go and be happy!"
+
+"Some ither day I will try to thank ye," said Dannie, turning
+away. "Noo, I'm in a little of a hurry." He was half way to the
+gate when he turned back. "Does Mary know this?" he asked.
+
+"She does," said the priest. "You are one good man, Dannie, go
+and be happy, and may the blessing of God go with you."
+
+Dannie lifted his hat.
+
+"And Jimmy, too," he said, "put Jimmy in, Father Michael."
+
+"May the peace of God rest the troubled soul of Jimmy Malone,"
+said Father Michael, and not being a Catholic, Dannie did not
+know that from the blessing for which he asked.
+
+He hurried away with the brightness of dawn on his lined face,
+which looked almost boyish under his whitening hair.
+
+Mary Malone was at the window, and turmoil and bitterness were
+beginning to burn in her heart again. Maybe the priest had not
+found Dannie. Maybe he was not coming. Maybe a thousand things.
+Then he WAS coming. Coming straight and sure. Coming across the
+fields, and leaping fences at a bound. Coming with such speed and
+force as comes the strong man, fifteen years denied. Mary's heart
+began to jar, and thump, and waves of happiness surged over her.
+And then she saw that look of dawn, of serene delight on the face
+of the man, and she stood aghast. Dannie threw wide the door, and
+crossed her threshold with outstretched arms.
+
+"Is it true?" he panted. "That thing Father Michael told me, is
+it true? Will ye be mine, Mary Malone? At last will you be mine?
+Oh, my girl, is the beautiful thing that the priest told me true?"
+
+"THE BEAUTIFUL THING THAT THE PRIEST TOLD HIM!"
+
+Mary Malone swung a chair before her, and stepped back. "Wait!"
+she cried sharply. "There must be some mistake. Till me ixactly
+what Father Michael told you?"
+
+"He told me that Jimmy na held me responsible fra his death. That
+he loved me when he died. That he was willing I should have ye!
+Oh, Mary, wasna that splendid of him. Wasna he a grand mon? Mary,
+come to me. Say that it's true! Tell me, if ye love me."
+
+Mary Malone stared wide-eyed at Dannie, and gasped for breath.
+
+Dannie came closer. At last he had found his tongue. "Fra the
+love of mercy, if ye are comin' to me, come noo, Mary" he begged.
+"My arms will split if they dinna get round ye soon, dear. Jimmy
+told ye fra me, sixteen years ago, how I loved ye, and he told me
+when he came back how sorry ye were fra me, and he--he almost
+cried when he told me. I never saw a mon feel so. Grand old
+Jimmy! No other mon like him!"
+
+Mary drew back in desperation.
+
+"You see here, Dannie Micnoun!" she screamed. "You see here----"
+
+"I do," broke in Dannie. "I'm lookin'! All I ever saw, or see
+now, or shall see till I dee is `here,' when `here' is ye, Mary
+Malone. Oh! If a woman ever could understand what passion means
+to a mon! If ye knew what I have suffered through all these
+years, you'd end it, Mary Malone."
+
+Mary gave the chair a shove. "Come here, Dannie," she said.
+Dannie cleared the space between them. Mary set her hands against
+his breast. "One minute," she panted. "Just one! I have loved you
+all me life, me man. I niver loved any one but you. I niver
+wanted any one but you. I niver hoped for any Hivin better than I
+knew I'd find in your arms. There was a mistake. There was an
+awful mistake, when I married Jimmy. I'm not tillin' you now, and
+I niver will, but you must realize that! Do you understand me?"
+
+"Hardly," breathed Dannie. "Hardly!"
+
+"Will, you can take your time if you want to think it out,
+because that's all I'll iver till you. There was a horrible
+mistake. It was YOU I loved, and wanted to marry. Now bend down
+to me, Dannie Micnoun, because I'm going to take your head on me
+breast and kiss your dear face until I'm tired," said Mary Malone.
+
+An hour later Father Michael came leisurely down the lane, and
+the peace of God was with him.
+
+A radiant Mary went out to meet him.
+
+"You didn't till him!" she cried accusingly. "You didn't till him!"
+
+The priest laid a hand on her head.
+
+"Mary, the greatest thing in the whole world is self-sacrifice,"
+he said. "The pot at the foot of the rainbow is just now running
+over with the pure gold of perfect contentment. But had you and I
+done such a dreadful thing as to destroy the confidence of a good
+man in his friend, your heart never could know such joy as it now
+knows in this sacrifice of yours; and no such blessed, shining
+light could illumine your face. That is what I wanted to see. I
+said to myself as I came along, `She will try, but she will
+learn, as I did, that she cannot look in his eyes and undeceive
+him. And when she becomes reconciled, her face will be so good to
+see.' And it is. You did not tell him either, Mary Malone!"
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg etext of "At the Foot of the Rainbow"
+
diff --git a/old/frain10.zip b/old/frain10.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54cb862
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/frain10.zip
Binary files differ